8799 lines
273 KiB
Plaintext
8799 lines
273 KiB
Plaintext
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
@c If you use texinfo.tex 1999-09-25.10 or earlier please convert this
|
|
@c manual with `texi2dvi -e groff.texinfo' due to a bug in expanding
|
|
@c user-defined macros.
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@c %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
|
|
@setfilename groff
|
|
@settitle The GNU Troff Manual
|
|
@setchapternewpage odd
|
|
@footnotestyle separate
|
|
@c %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c We use the following indices:
|
|
@c
|
|
@c cindex: concepts
|
|
@c findex: requests, escapes, and functions
|
|
@c vindex: registers
|
|
@c kindex: commands in font files
|
|
@c pindex: programs and files
|
|
@c tindex: environment variables
|
|
@c maindex: macros and strings
|
|
@c glindex: glyph names
|
|
@c opindex: operators
|
|
@c
|
|
@c tindex and cindex are merged.
|
|
|
|
@defcodeindex ma
|
|
@defcodeindex gl
|
|
@defcodeindex op
|
|
@syncodeindex tp cp
|
|
|
|
|
|
@macro Deffn{category, name, arg}
|
|
@deffn \category\ @t{\name\} \arg\
|
|
@end macro
|
|
|
|
@macro end_Deffn
|
|
@end deffn
|
|
@end macro
|
|
|
|
@macro Deffnx{category, name, arg}
|
|
@deffnx \category\ @t{\name\} \arg\
|
|
@end macro
|
|
|
|
@macro end_Deffnx
|
|
@end deffnx
|
|
@end macro
|
|
|
|
@macro Defmac{name, arg}
|
|
@defmac @t{\name\} \arg\
|
|
@end macro
|
|
|
|
@macro end_Defmac
|
|
@end defmac
|
|
@end macro
|
|
|
|
@macro Defmacx{name, arg}
|
|
@defmacx @t{\name\} \arg\
|
|
@end macro
|
|
|
|
@macro end_Defmacx
|
|
@end defmacx
|
|
@end macro
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c XXX comment all examples
|
|
|
|
|
|
@dircategory Miscellaneous
|
|
@direntry
|
|
* Groff: (groff). The GNU troff document formatting system.
|
|
@end direntry
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallbook
|
|
|
|
|
|
@iftex
|
|
@finalout
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
This Info file documents GNU troff version 1.16.
|
|
|
|
Published by the Free Software Foundation
|
|
59 Temple Place, Suite 330
|
|
Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1994-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
|
|
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
|
|
preserved on all copies.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
|
|
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
|
|
identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
|
|
paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
|
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
|
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
|
|
entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
|
|
permission notice identical to this one.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
|
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
|
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
|
|
approved by the Foundation.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
|
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
|
|
section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
|
|
in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
|
|
distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
|
|
one.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
|
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
|
except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
|
|
included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
|
|
instead of in the original English.
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
|
|
@titlepage
|
|
@title groff
|
|
@subtitle The GNU implementation of @code{troff}
|
|
@subtitle Edition 1.16
|
|
@subtitle Spring 2000
|
|
@author by Trent A.@w{ }Fisher
|
|
@author and Werner Lemberg
|
|
|
|
@c Include the Distribution inside the titlepage environment so
|
|
@c that headings are turned off. Headings on and off do not work.
|
|
|
|
@page
|
|
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
|
Copyright @copyright@w{ }1994-2000 Free Software Foundation,@w{ }Inc.
|
|
@sp 2
|
|
Version 1.16 of @code{groff}, @*
|
|
Spring 2000
|
|
@sp 2
|
|
Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
|
|
59 Temple Place, Suite 330 @*
|
|
Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
|
|
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
|
|
preserved on all copies.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
|
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
|
|
section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
|
|
in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
|
|
distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
|
|
one.
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
|
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
|
except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
|
|
included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
|
|
instead of in the original English.
|
|
|
|
Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
|
|
@end titlepage
|
|
@page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
This Info file documents groff version 1.16, the GNU implementation of
|
|
the troff typesetting system.
|
|
|
|
This is an in-progress document; contributions, comments, or
|
|
contributions are welcome. Send them to bug-groff@@gnu.org.
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Copying::
|
|
* Introduction::
|
|
* Invoking groff::
|
|
* Tutorial for Macro Users::
|
|
* Macro Packages::
|
|
* Programming Tutorial::
|
|
* Preprocessors::
|
|
* Output Devices::
|
|
* File formats::
|
|
* Installation::
|
|
* Request and Escape Index::
|
|
* Operator Index::
|
|
* Register Index::
|
|
* Macro and String Index::
|
|
* Glyph Name Index::
|
|
* Font File Keyword Index::
|
|
* Program and File Index::
|
|
* Concept Index::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Copying, Introduction, Top, Top
|
|
@cindex copying
|
|
@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
|
@center Version 2, June 1991
|
|
|
|
@display
|
|
Copyright @copyright{}@w{ }1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
59@w{ }Temple Place, Suite@w{ }330, Boston, MA@w{ }02111, USA
|
|
|
|
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
|
|
license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
|
@end display
|
|
|
|
@unnumberedsec Preamble
|
|
|
|
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to
|
|
share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is
|
|
intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software --
|
|
to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General
|
|
Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's
|
|
software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.
|
|
(Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU
|
|
Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your
|
|
programs, too.
|
|
|
|
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.
|
|
Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the
|
|
freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this
|
|
service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
|
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
|
free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
|
|
|
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone
|
|
to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These
|
|
restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
|
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
|
|
|
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis
|
|
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have.
|
|
You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code.
|
|
And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
|
|
|
|
We protect your rights with two steps: (1)@w{ }copyright the software,
|
|
and (2)@w{ }offer you this license which gives you legal permission to
|
|
copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
|
|
|
|
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
|
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
|
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
|
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
|
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
|
authors' reputations.
|
|
|
|
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
|
We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will
|
|
individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program
|
|
proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent
|
|
must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
|
|
|
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
|
modification follow.
|
|
|
|
@iftex
|
|
@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@enumerate 0
|
|
@item
|
|
This License applies to any program or other work which contains a
|
|
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under
|
|
the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below,
|
|
refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
|
|
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
|
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either
|
|
verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
|
|
(Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term
|
|
``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
|
|
|
|
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
|
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running
|
|
the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is
|
|
covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program
|
|
(independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that
|
|
is true depends on what the Program does.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code
|
|
as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
|
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
|
|
disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
|
|
License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other
|
|
recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
|
|
|
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
|
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it,
|
|
thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such
|
|
modifications or work under the terms of Section@w{ }1 above, provided
|
|
that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
|
|
|
@enumerate a
|
|
@item
|
|
You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating
|
|
that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or
|
|
in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to
|
|
be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms
|
|
of this License.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run,
|
|
you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the
|
|
most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an
|
|
appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or
|
|
else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may
|
|
redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user
|
|
how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself
|
|
is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your
|
|
work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
|
@end enumerate
|
|
|
|
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
|
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and
|
|
can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
|
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
|
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
|
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on
|
|
the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this
|
|
License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire
|
|
whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
|
|
|
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
|
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
|
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
|
collective works based on the Program.
|
|
|
|
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
|
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a
|
|
storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the
|
|
scope of this License.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under
|
|
Section@w{ }2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
|
Sections@w{ }1 and@w{ }2 above provided that you also do one of the
|
|
following:
|
|
|
|
@enumerate a
|
|
@item
|
|
Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source
|
|
code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections@w{ }1 and@w{
|
|
}2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to
|
|
give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically
|
|
performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the
|
|
corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of
|
|
Sections@w{ }1 and@w{ }2 above on a medium customarily used for software
|
|
interchange; or,
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to
|
|
distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only
|
|
for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in
|
|
object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with
|
|
Subsection@w{ }b above.)
|
|
@end enumerate
|
|
|
|
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
|
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
|
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
|
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
|
|
compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special
|
|
exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is
|
|
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
|
|
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
|
|
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the
|
|
executable.
|
|
|
|
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access
|
|
to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
|
|
the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source
|
|
code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source
|
|
along with the object code.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except
|
|
as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to
|
|
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will
|
|
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
|
|
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License
|
|
will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain
|
|
in full compliance.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed
|
|
it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute
|
|
the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by
|
|
law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or
|
|
distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you
|
|
indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and
|
|
conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works
|
|
based on it.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
|
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
|
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
|
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions
|
|
on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not
|
|
responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
|
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
|
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
|
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
|
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
|
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
|
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
|
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license
|
|
would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those
|
|
who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way
|
|
you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely
|
|
from distribution of the Program.
|
|
|
|
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
|
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
|
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
|
circumstances.
|
|
|
|
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
|
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
|
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
|
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented
|
|
by public license practices. Many people have made generous
|
|
contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that
|
|
system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to
|
|
the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute
|
|
software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that
|
|
choice.
|
|
|
|
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be
|
|
a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain
|
|
countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original
|
|
copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an
|
|
explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
|
|
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
|
|
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
|
|
written in the body of this License.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
|
the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be
|
|
similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
|
address new problems or concerns.
|
|
|
|
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
|
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
|
|
later version'', you have the option of following the terms and
|
|
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
|
|
the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version
|
|
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the
|
|
Free Software Foundation.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs
|
|
whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask
|
|
for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software
|
|
Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make
|
|
exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of
|
|
preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
|
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
|
|
|
@iftex
|
|
@heading NO WARRANTY
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
@center NO WARRANTY
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
|
|
THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW@. EXCEPT WHEN
|
|
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
|
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
|
|
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
|
|
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE@.
|
|
THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH
|
|
YOU@. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
|
|
NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
|
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
|
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
|
|
DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM
|
|
(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED
|
|
INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF
|
|
THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR
|
|
OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
|
@end enumerate
|
|
|
|
@iftex
|
|
@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
|
|
@page
|
|
@unnumberedsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
|
|
|
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
|
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
|
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
|
|
terms.
|
|
|
|
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to
|
|
attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey
|
|
the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
|
|
``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.}
|
|
Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
|
|
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
|
|
your option) any later version.
|
|
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
|
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE@. See the GNU
|
|
General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
|
|
|
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
|
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
|
|
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type
|
|
`show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute
|
|
it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
The hypothetical commands @samp{show@w{ }w} and @samp{show@w{ }c} should
|
|
show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course,
|
|
the commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show@w{
|
|
}w} and @samp{show@w{ }c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items
|
|
-- whatever suits your program.
|
|
|
|
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
|
school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
|
|
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
@group
|
|
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest
|
|
in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers)
|
|
written by James Hacker.
|
|
|
|
@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
|
|
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
|
@end group
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
|
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
|
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications
|
|
with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library
|
|
General Public License instead of this License.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Introduction, Invoking groff, Copying, Top
|
|
@chapter Introduction
|
|
@cindex introduction
|
|
|
|
GNU @code{troff} (or @code{groff}) is a system for typesetting
|
|
documents. @code{troff} is very flexible and has been in existence (and
|
|
use) for about 3@w{ }decades. It is quite widespread and firmly
|
|
entrenched in the @acronym{UNIX} community.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* What Is groff?::
|
|
* History::
|
|
* groff Capabilities::
|
|
* Macro Package Intro::
|
|
* Preprocessor Intro::
|
|
* Output device intro::
|
|
* Credits::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node What Is groff?, History, Introduction, Introduction
|
|
@section What Is @code{groff}?
|
|
@cindex what is @code{groff}?
|
|
@cindex @code{groff} -- what is it?
|
|
|
|
@code{groff} belongs to an older generation of document preparation
|
|
systems, which operate more like compilers than the more recent
|
|
interactive @acronym{WYSIWYG}@footnote{What You See Is What You Get}
|
|
systems. @code{groff} and its contemporary counterpart, @TeX{}, both
|
|
work using a @dfn{batch} paradigm: The input (or @dfn{source}) files are
|
|
normal text files with embedded formatting commands. These files can
|
|
then be processed by @code{groff} to produce a typeset document on a
|
|
variety of devices.
|
|
|
|
Likewise, @code{groff} should not be confused with a @dfn{word
|
|
processor}, since that term connotes an integrated system which includes
|
|
an editor and a text formatter. Also, many word processors follow the
|
|
@acronym{WYSIWYG} paradigm which was discussed earlier.
|
|
|
|
Although @acronym{WYSIWYG} systems may be easier to use, they have a
|
|
number of disadvantages compared to @code{troff}:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
They must be used on a graphics display to do any operations on a
|
|
document.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Most of the @acronym{WYSIWYG} systems are either non-free or are not
|
|
very portable.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@code{troff} is firmly entrenched in all @acronym{UNIX} systems.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
It is difficult to have a wide range of capabilities available within
|
|
the confines of a GUI/window system.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
It is more difficult to make global changes to a document.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
``GUIs normally make it simple to accomplish simple actions and
|
|
impossible to accomplish complex actions.'' --Doug Gwyn (22/Jun/91 in
|
|
@code{comp.unix.wizards})
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node History, groff Capabilities, What Is groff?, Introduction
|
|
@section History
|
|
@cindex history
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{runoff}
|
|
@cindex @code{rf}
|
|
@code{troff} can trace its origins back to a formatting program called
|
|
@code{runoff}, written by J.@w{ }E.@w{ }Saltzer, which ran on MIT's CTSS
|
|
operating system in the mid-sixties. This name came from the common
|
|
phrase of the time ``I'll run off a document.'' Bob Morris ported it to
|
|
the 635 architecture and called the program @code{roff} (an abbreviation
|
|
of @code{runoff}). It has then been rewritten as @code{rf} for the
|
|
PDP-7 (before having @acronym{UNIX}), and at the same time (1969), Doug
|
|
McIllroy rewrote an extended and simplified version of @code{roff} in
|
|
the @acronym{BCPL} programming language.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{roff}
|
|
The first version of @acronym{UNIX} was developed on a PDP-7 which was
|
|
sitting around Bell Labs. In 1971 the developers wanted to get a PDP-11
|
|
for further work on the operating system. In order to justify the cost
|
|
for this system, they proposed that they would implement a document
|
|
formatting system for the AT&T patents division. This first formatting
|
|
program was a reimplementation of McIllroy's @code{roff}, written by
|
|
J.@w{ }F.@w{ }Ossanna.
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{nroff}
|
|
When they needed a more flexible language, a new version of @code{roff}
|
|
called @code{nroff} (``Newer @code{roff}'') was written. It had a much
|
|
more complicated syntax, but provided the basis for all future versions.
|
|
When they got a Graphic Systems CAT Phototypesetter, Ossanna wrote a
|
|
version of @code{nroff} which would drive it. It was dubbed
|
|
@code{troff}, for ``typesetter @code{roff}'', although many people have
|
|
speculated that it actually means ``Times @code{roff}'' because of the
|
|
use of the Times font family in @code{troff} by default. As such, the
|
|
name @code{troff} is pronounced `@w{t-roff}' rather than `trough'.
|
|
|
|
With @code{troff} came @code{nroff} (they were actually the same program
|
|
except for some @samp{#ifdef}s), which was for producing output for line
|
|
printers and character terminals. It understood everything @code{troff}
|
|
did, and ignored the commands which were not applicable (e.g.@: font
|
|
changes).
|
|
|
|
Since there are several things which cannot be done easily in
|
|
@code{troff}, work on several preprocessors began. These programs would
|
|
transform certain parts of a document into @code{troff}, which made a
|
|
very natural use of pipes in @acronym{UNIX}.
|
|
|
|
The @code{eqn} preprocessor allowed mathematical formul@ae{} to be
|
|
specified in a much simpler and more intuitive manner. @code{tbl} is a
|
|
preprocessor for formatting tables. The @code{refer} preprocessor (and
|
|
the similar program, @code{bib}) processes citations in a document
|
|
according to a bibliographic database.
|
|
|
|
Unfortunately, Ossanna's @code{troff} was written in PDP-11 assembly
|
|
language and produced output specifically for the CAT phototypesetter.
|
|
He rewrote it in C, although it was now 7000@w{ }lines of uncommented
|
|
code and still dependent on the CAT. As the CAT became less common, and
|
|
was no longer supported by the manufacturer, the need to make it support
|
|
other devices became a priority. However, before this could be done,
|
|
Ossanna was killed in an auto accident.
|
|
|
|
@pindex ditroff
|
|
@cindex @code{ditroff}
|
|
So, Brian Kernighan took on the task of rewriting @code{troff}. The
|
|
newly rewritten version produced a device independent code which was
|
|
very easy for postprocessors to read and translate to the appropriate
|
|
printer codes. Also, this new version of @code{troff} (called
|
|
@code{ditroff} for ``device independent @code{troff}'') had several
|
|
extensions, which included drawing functions.
|
|
|
|
Due to the additional abilities of the new version of @code{troff},
|
|
several new preprocessors appeared. The @code{pic} preprocessor
|
|
provides a wide range of drawing functions. Likewise the @code{ideal}
|
|
preprocessor did the same, although via a much different paradigm. The
|
|
@code{grap} preprocessor took specifications for graphs, but, unlike
|
|
other preprocessors, produced @code{pic} code.
|
|
|
|
James Clark began work on a GNU implementation of @code{ditroff} in
|
|
early@w{ }1989. The first version, @code{groff}@w{ }0.3.1, was released
|
|
June@w{ }1990. @code{groff} included:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
A replacement for @code{ditroff} with many extensions.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
The @code{soelim}, @code{pic}, @code{tbl}, and @code{eqn} preprocessors.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Postprocessors for character devices, @acronym{PostScript}, @TeX{} DVI,
|
|
and X@w{ }windows. GNU @code{troff} also eliminated the need for a
|
|
separate @code{nroff} program with a postprocessor which would produce
|
|
@acronym{ASCII} output.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
A version of the @file{me} macros and an implementation of the
|
|
@file{man} macros.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
Also, a front-end was included which could construct the, sometimes
|
|
painfully long, pipelines required for all the post- and preprocessors.
|
|
|
|
Development of GNU @code{troff} progressed rapidly, and saw the
|
|
additions of a replacement for @code{refer}, an implementation of the
|
|
@file{ms} and @file{mm} macros, and a program to deduce how to format a
|
|
document (@code{grog}).
|
|
|
|
It was declared a stable (i.e.@: non-beta) package with the release of
|
|
version@w{ }1.04 around November@w{ }1991.
|
|
|
|
Beginning in@w{ }1999, @code{groff} has new maintainers (the package was
|
|
an orphan for a few years). As a result, new features and programs like
|
|
@code{grn}, a preprocessor for gremlin images, and @code{grohtml}, an
|
|
output device to produce @acronym{HTML} output, have been added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node groff Capabilities, Macro Package Intro, History, Introduction
|
|
@section @code{groff} Capabilities
|
|
@cindex @code{groff} capabilities
|
|
@cindex capabilities of @code{groff}
|
|
|
|
So what exactly is @code{groff} capable of doing? @code{groff} provides
|
|
a wide range of low-level text formatting operations. Using these, it
|
|
is possible to perform a wide range of formatting tasks, such as
|
|
footnotes, table of contents, multiple columns, etc. Here's a list of
|
|
the most important operations supported by @code{groff}:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
text filling, adjusting, and centering
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
hyphenation
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
page control
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
font and character size control
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
vertical spacing (i.e.@: double spacing)
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
line length and indenting
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
macros, strings, diversions, and traps
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
number registers
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
tabs, leaders, and fields
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
input and output conventions and character translation
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
overstrike, bracket, line drawing, and zero-width functions
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
local horizontal and vertical motions and the width function
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
three-part titles
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
output line numbering
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
conditional acceptance of input
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
environment switching
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
insertions from the standard input
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
input/output file switching
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
output and error messages
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Macro Package Intro, Preprocessor Intro, groff Capabilities, Introduction
|
|
@section Macro Packages
|
|
@cindex macro packages
|
|
|
|
Since @code{groff} provides such low-level facilities, it can be quite
|
|
difficult to use by itself. However, @code{groff} provides a
|
|
@dfn{macro} facility to specify how certain routine operations (e.g.@w{
|
|
}starting paragraphs, printing headers and footers, etc.)@: should be
|
|
done. These macros can be collected together into a @dfn{macro
|
|
package}. There are a number of macro packages available; the most
|
|
common (and the ones described in this manual) are @file{man},
|
|
@file{mdoc}, @file{me}, @file{ms}, and @file{mm}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Preprocessor Intro, Output device intro, Macro Package Intro, Introduction
|
|
@section Preprocessors
|
|
@cindex preprocessors
|
|
|
|
Although @code{groff} provides most functions needed to format a
|
|
document, some operations would be unwieldy (e.g.@: to draw pictures).
|
|
Therefore, programs called preprocessors were written which understand
|
|
their own language and produce the necessary @code{groff} operations.
|
|
These preprocessors are able to differentiate their own input from the
|
|
rest of the document via markers.
|
|
|
|
To use a preprocessor, @acronym{UNIX} pipes are used to feed the output
|
|
from the preprocessor into @code{groff}. Any number of preprocessors
|
|
may be used on a given document; in this case, the preprocessors are
|
|
linked together into one pipeline. However, in @code{groff}, the user
|
|
does not need to construct the pipe, but only tell @code{groff} what
|
|
preprocessors to use.
|
|
|
|
@code{groff} currently has preprocessors for producing tables
|
|
(@code{tbl}), typesetting equations (@code{eqn}), drawing pictures
|
|
(@code{pic} and @code{grn}), and for processing bibliographies
|
|
(@code{refer}). An associated program which is useful when dealing with
|
|
preprocessors is @code{soelim}.
|
|
|
|
A free implementation of @code{grap}, a preprocessor for drawing graphs,
|
|
can be obtained as an extra package; @code{groff} can use @code{grap}
|
|
also.
|
|
|
|
There are other preprocessors in existence, but, unfortunately, no free
|
|
implementations are available. Among them are preprocessors for drawing
|
|
mathematical pictures (@code{ideal}) and chemical structures
|
|
(@code{chem}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Output device intro, Credits, Preprocessor Intro, Introduction
|
|
@section Output Devices
|
|
@cindex postprocessors
|
|
@cindex output devices
|
|
@cindex devices for output
|
|
|
|
@code{groff} actually produces device independent code which may be fed
|
|
into a postprocessor which will produce output for a particular device.
|
|
Currently, @code{groff} has postprocessors for @acronym{PostScript}
|
|
devices, character terminals, X@w{ }Windows (for previewing), @TeX{} DVI
|
|
format, HP LaserJet@w{ }4 and Canon LBP printers (which use
|
|
@acronym{CAPSL}), and @acronym{HTML}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Credits, , Output device intro, Introduction
|
|
@section Credits
|
|
@cindex credits
|
|
|
|
Large portions of this manual were taken from existing documents, most
|
|
notably, the manual pages for the @code{groff} package by James Clark,
|
|
and Eric Allman's papers on the @file{me} macro package.
|
|
|
|
The section on the @file{man} macro package is partly based on Susan@w{
|
|
}G.@: Kleinmann's @file{groff_man} manual page written for the Debian
|
|
GNU/Linux system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking groff, Tutorial for Macro Users, Introduction, Top
|
|
@chapter Invoking @code{groff}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{groff}
|
|
@cindex @code{groff} invocation
|
|
|
|
This section focuses on how to invoke the @code{groff} front end. This
|
|
front end takes care of the details of constructing the pipeline among
|
|
the preprocessors, @code{gtroff} and the postprocessor.
|
|
|
|
It has become a tradition that GNU programs get the prefix @samp{g} to
|
|
distinguish it from its original counterparts provided by the host (see
|
|
@ref{Environment}, for more details). Thus, for example, @code{geqn} is
|
|
GNU @code{eqn}. On operating systems like Linux or the Hurd, which
|
|
don't contain proprietary software, and on MS-DOS/MS-Windows, where
|
|
@code{troff} and associated programs are not available at all, this
|
|
prefix is omitted since GNU @code{troff} is the only used incarnation of
|
|
@code{troff}. Exception: @code{groff} is never replaced by @code{roff}.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Groff Options::
|
|
* Environment::
|
|
* Invocation Examples::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Groff Options, Environment, Invoking groff, Invoking groff
|
|
@section Options
|
|
@cindex options
|
|
|
|
@pindex groff
|
|
@pindex gtroff
|
|
@pindex gpic
|
|
@pindex geqn
|
|
@pindex ggrn
|
|
@pindex grap
|
|
@pindex gtbl
|
|
@pindex grefer
|
|
@pindex gsoelim
|
|
@code{groff} normally runs the @code{gtroff} program and a postprocessor
|
|
appropriate for the selected device. The default device is @samp{ps}
|
|
(but it can be changed when @code{groff} is configured and built). It
|
|
can optionally preprocess with any of @code{gpic}, @code{geqn},
|
|
@code{gtbl}, @code{ggrn}, @code{grap}, @code{grefer}, or @code{gsoelim}.
|
|
|
|
This section only documents options to the @code{groff} front end. Many
|
|
of the arguments to @code{groff} are passed on to @code{gtroff},
|
|
therefore those are also included. Arguments to pre- or postprocessors
|
|
can be found in @ref{Invoking gpic}, @ref{Invoking geqn}, @ref{Invoking
|
|
gtbl}, @ref{Invoking ggrn}, @ref{Invoking grefer}, @ref{Invoking
|
|
gsoelim}, @ref{Invoking grotty}, @ref{Invoking grops}, @ref{Invoking
|
|
grohtml}, @ref{Invoking grodvi}, @ref{Invoking grolj4}, @ref{Invoking
|
|
grolbp}, and @ref{Invoking gxditview}.
|
|
|
|
The command line format for @code{groff} is:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
groff [ -abeghilpstvzCEGNRSUVXZ ] [ -F@var{dir} ] [ -m@var{name} ]
|
|
[ -T@var{def} ] [ -f@var{fam} ] [ -w@var{name} ] [ -W@var{name} ]
|
|
[ -M@var{dir} ] [ -d@var{cs} ] [ -r@var{cn} ] [ -n@var{num} ]
|
|
[ -o@var{list} ] [ -P@var{arg} ] [ -L@var{arg} ] [ -I@var{dir} ]
|
|
[ @var{files}@dots{} ]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The command line format for @code{gtroff} is as follows.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
gtroff [ -abivzCERU ] [ -w@var{name} ] [ -W@var{name} ] [ -d@var{cs} ]
|
|
[ -f@var{fam} ] [ -m@var{name} ] [ -n@var{num} ]
|
|
[ -o@var{list} ] [ -r@var{cn} ] [ -T@var{name} ]
|
|
[ -F@var{dir} ] [ -M@var{dir} ] [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Obviously, many of the options to @code{groff} are actually passed
|
|
on to @code{gtroff}.
|
|
|
|
Options without an argument can be grouped behind a single @option{-}.
|
|
A filename of @file{-} denotes the standard input. It is possible to
|
|
have whitespace between an option and its parameter.
|
|
|
|
The @code{grog} command can be used to guess the correct @code{groff}
|
|
command to format a file.
|
|
|
|
Here's the description of the command-line options:
|
|
|
|
@cindex command-line options
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item -h
|
|
Print a help message.
|
|
|
|
@item -e
|
|
Preprocess with @code{geqn}.
|
|
|
|
@item -t
|
|
Preprocess with @code{gtbl}.
|
|
|
|
@item -g
|
|
Preprocess with @code{ggrn}.
|
|
|
|
@item -G
|
|
Preprocess with @code{grap}.
|
|
|
|
@item -p
|
|
Preprocess with @code{gpic}.
|
|
|
|
@item -s
|
|
Preprocess with @code{gsoelim}.
|
|
|
|
@item -R
|
|
Preprocess with @code{grefer}. No mechanism is provided for passing
|
|
arguments to @code{grefer} because most @code{grefer} options have
|
|
equivalent commands which can be included in the file. @xref{grefer},
|
|
for more details.
|
|
|
|
@pindex troffrc
|
|
@pindex troffrc-end
|
|
Note that @code{gtroff} also accepts a @option{-R} option, which is not
|
|
accessible via @code{groff}. This option prevents the loading of the
|
|
@file{troffrc} and @file{troffrc-end} files.
|
|
|
|
@item -v
|
|
Make programs run by @code{groff} print out their version number.
|
|
|
|
@item -V
|
|
Print the pipeline on stdout instead of executing it.
|
|
|
|
@item -z
|
|
Suppress output from @code{gtroff}. Only error messages will be
|
|
printed.
|
|
|
|
@item -Z
|
|
Do not postprocess the output of @code{gtroff}. Normally @code{groff}
|
|
will automatically run the appropriate postprocessor.
|
|
|
|
@item -P@var{arg}
|
|
Pass @var{arg} to the postprocessor. Each argument should be passed
|
|
with a separate @option{-P} option. Note that @code{groff} does not
|
|
prepend @samp{-} to @var{arg} before passing it to the postprocessor.
|
|
|
|
@item -l
|
|
Send the output to a printer. The command used for this is specified by
|
|
the print command in the device description file.
|
|
|
|
@item -L@var{arg}
|
|
Pass @var{arg} to the spooler. Each argument should be passed with a
|
|
separate @option{-L} option. Note that @code{groff} does not prepend a
|
|
@samp{-} to @var{arg} before passing it to the postprocessor.
|
|
|
|
@item -T@var{dev}
|
|
Prepare output for device @var{dev}. The default device is @samp{ps},
|
|
unless changed when @code{groff} was configured and built. The
|
|
following are the output devices currently available:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item ps
|
|
For @acronym{PostScript} printers and previewers.
|
|
|
|
@item dvi
|
|
For @TeX{} DVI format.
|
|
|
|
@item X75
|
|
For a 75@dmn{dpi} X11 previewer.
|
|
|
|
@item X100
|
|
For a 100@dmn{dpi} X11 previewer.
|
|
|
|
@item ascii
|
|
For typewriter-like devices.
|
|
|
|
@item latin1
|
|
For typewriter-like devices that support the @w{Latin-1} (@w{ISO 8859-1})
|
|
character set.
|
|
|
|
@item utf8
|
|
For typewriter-like devices which use the Unicode (@w{ISO 10646})
|
|
character set with @w{UTF-8} encoding.
|
|
|
|
@item cp1047
|
|
@cindex @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding
|
|
@cindex cp1047
|
|
@cindex IBM cp1047
|
|
For typewriter-like devices which use the @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding IBM
|
|
cp1047.
|
|
|
|
@item lj4
|
|
For an HP LaserJet4-compatible (or other PCL5-compatible) printer.
|
|
|
|
@item lbp
|
|
For Canon @acronym{CAPSL} printers (@w{LBP-4} and @w{LBP-8} series laser
|
|
printers).
|
|
|
|
@item html
|
|
To produce @acronym{HTML} output.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@vindex .T
|
|
@maindex \*(.T
|
|
The predefined @code{gtroff} string register @code{.T} contains the
|
|
current output device; the read-only number register @code{.T} is set
|
|
to@w{ }1 if this option is used (which is always true if @code{groff} is
|
|
used to call @code{gtroff}). @xref{Built-in Registers}.
|
|
|
|
The postprocessor to be used for a device is specified by the
|
|
@code{postpro} command in the device description file. (@xref{Font
|
|
Files}, for more info.) This can be overridden with the @option{-X}
|
|
option.
|
|
|
|
@item -X
|
|
Preview with @code{gxditview} instead of using the usual postprocessor.
|
|
This is unlikely to produce good results except with @option{-Tps}.
|
|
|
|
Note that this is not the same as using @option{-TX75} or
|
|
@option{-TX100} to view a document with @code{gxditview}: The former
|
|
will use the metrics of the specified device, whereas the latter will
|
|
use X-specific fonts and metrics.
|
|
|
|
@item -N
|
|
Don't allow newlines with @code{eqn} delimiters. This is the same as
|
|
the @option{-N} option in @code{geqn}.
|
|
|
|
@item -S
|
|
Safer mode. Pass the @option{-S} option to @code{gpic} and use the
|
|
@option{-msafer} macros with @code{gtroff} (enabled by default).
|
|
|
|
@item -U
|
|
Unsafe mode. Reverts to the old unsafe behaviour.
|
|
|
|
@item -a
|
|
@vindex .A
|
|
Generate an @acronym{ASCII} approximation of the typeset output. The
|
|
read-only register @code{.A} is then set to@w{ }1. @xref{Built-in
|
|
Registers}.
|
|
|
|
@item -b
|
|
Print a backtrace with each warning or error message. This backtrace
|
|
should help track down the cause of the error. The line numbers given
|
|
in the backtrace may not always be correct: @code{gtroff} can get
|
|
confused by @code{as} or @code{am} requests while counting line numbers.
|
|
|
|
@item -i
|
|
Read the standard input after all the named input files have been
|
|
processed.
|
|
|
|
@item -w@var{name}
|
|
Enable warning @var{name}. Available warnings are described in
|
|
@ref{Debugging}. Multiple @option{-w} options are allowed.
|
|
|
|
@item -W@var{name}
|
|
Inhibit warning @var{name}. Multiple @option{-W} options are allowed.
|
|
|
|
@item -E
|
|
Inhibit all error messages.
|
|
|
|
@item -C
|
|
Enable compatibility mode. @xref{Implementation Differences}, for the
|
|
list of incompatibilites between @code{groff} and traditional Unix
|
|
@code{troff}.
|
|
|
|
@item -d@var{cs}
|
|
@itemx -d@var{name}=s
|
|
Define @var{c} or @var{name} to be a string @var{s}. @var{c} must be a
|
|
one-letter name; @var{name} can be of arbitrary length.
|
|
|
|
@item -f@var{fam}
|
|
Use @var{fam} as the default font family.
|
|
|
|
@item -m@var{name}
|
|
Read in the file @file{tmac.@var{name}}. Normally this will be searched
|
|
for in the library directory of @code{groff}.
|
|
|
|
@item -n@var{num}
|
|
Number the first page @var{num}.
|
|
|
|
@item -o@var{list}
|
|
@vindex .P
|
|
Output only pages in @var{list}, which is a comma-separated list of page
|
|
ranges; @samp{@var{n}} means print page @var{n}, @samp{@var{m}-@var{n}}
|
|
means print every page between @var{m} and @var{n}, @samp{-@var{n}}
|
|
means print every page up to @var{n}, @samp{@var{n}-} means print every
|
|
page beginning with @var{n}. @code{gtroff} will exit after printing the
|
|
last page in the list. All the ranges are inclusive on both ends.
|
|
|
|
Within @code{gtroff}, this information can be extracted with the
|
|
@samp{.P} register. @xref{Built-in Registers}.
|
|
|
|
@item -r@var{cn}
|
|
@itemx -r@var{name}=@var{n}
|
|
Set number register @var{c} or @var{name} to the value @var{n}. @var{c}
|
|
must be a one-letter name; @var{name} can be of arbitrary length.
|
|
@var{n} can be any @code{gtroff} numeric expression.
|
|
|
|
@item -F@var{dir}
|
|
Search @file{@var{dir}} for subdirectories @file{dev@var{name}}
|
|
(@var{name} is the name of the device), for the @file{DESC} file, and
|
|
for font files before looking in the standard directory.
|
|
|
|
@item -M@var{dir}
|
|
Search directory @file{@var{dir}} for macro files before the standard
|
|
directory.
|
|
|
|
@item -I@var{dir}
|
|
This option is as described in @ref{gsoelim}. It implies the
|
|
@option{-s} option.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Environment, Invocation Examples, Groff Options, Invoking groff
|
|
@section Environment
|
|
@cindex environment variables
|
|
@cindex variables in environment
|
|
|
|
There are also several environment variables (of the operating system,
|
|
not within @code{gtroff}) which can modify the behavior of @code{groff}.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item GROFF_COMMAND_PREFIX
|
|
@tindex GROFF_COMMAND_PREFIX, environment variable
|
|
If this is set to @var{X}, then @code{groff} will run
|
|
@code{@var{X}troff} instead of @code{gtroff}. This also applies to
|
|
@code{tbl}, @code{pic}, @code{eqn}, @code{grn}, @code{refer}, and
|
|
@code{soelim}. It does not apply to @code{grops}, @code{grodvi},
|
|
@code{grotty}, @code{grohtml}, @code{grolj4}, and @code{gxditview}.
|
|
|
|
@item GROFF_TMAC_PATH
|
|
@tindex GROFF_TMAC_PATH, environment variable
|
|
A colon-separated list of directories in which to search for macro
|
|
files.
|
|
|
|
@item GROFF_TYPESETTER
|
|
@tindex GROFF_TYPESETTER, environment variable
|
|
The default output device.
|
|
|
|
@item GROFF_FONT_PATH
|
|
@tindex GROFF_FONT_PATH, environment variable
|
|
A colon-separated list of directories in which to search for the
|
|
@code{dev}@var{name} directory.
|
|
|
|
@item PATH
|
|
@tindex PATH, environment variable
|
|
The search path for commands executed by @code{groff}.
|
|
|
|
@item GROFF_TMPDIR
|
|
@tindex GROFF_TMPDIR, environment variable
|
|
@tindex TMPDIR, environment variable
|
|
The directory in which temporary files will be created. If this is not
|
|
set and @env{TMPDIR} is set, temporary files will be created in that
|
|
directory. Otherwise temporary files will be created in a
|
|
system-dependent default directory (on Unix and GNU/Linux systems, this
|
|
is usually @file{/tmp}). The @code{grops} and @code{grefer} commands
|
|
can create temporary files in this directory.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Note that MS-DOS and MS-Windows ports of @code{groff} use semi-colons,
|
|
rather than colons, to separate the directories in the lists described
|
|
above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Invocation Examples, , Environment, Invoking groff
|
|
@section Invocation Examples
|
|
@cindex invocation examples
|
|
@cindex examples of invocation
|
|
|
|
This section will list several common uses of @code{groff} and the
|
|
command line which will accomplish it.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
groff file
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
This command processes @file{file} without a macro package or a
|
|
preprocessor. The output device is the default, @samp{ps}, and the
|
|
output is sent to stdout.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
groff -t -mandoc -Tascii file | less
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
This is basically what a call to the @code{man} program does. The
|
|
manual page @file{file} is processed with the @file{mandoc} macros
|
|
(which in turn either calls the @file{man} or the @file{mdoc} macro
|
|
package), using the @code{tbl} preprocessor and the @acronym{ASCII}
|
|
output device. Finally, the result is displayed with the @code{less}
|
|
pager.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
groff -X -m me file
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Preview @file{file} with @code{gxditview}, using the @file{me} macro
|
|
package. Since no @option{-T} option is specified, use the default
|
|
device (@samp{ps}). Note that you can either say @w{@samp{-m me}} or
|
|
@w{@samp{-me}}; the latter is an anachronism from the early days of
|
|
@acronym{UNIX}.@footnote{The same is true for the other main macro
|
|
packages that come with @code{groff}: @file{man}, @file{mdoc},
|
|
@file{ms}, @file{mm}, and @file{mandoc}. This won't work in general;
|
|
for example, to load @file{tmac.safer}, either @samp{-msafer} or
|
|
@w{@samp{-m safer}} must be used.}
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
groff -man -rD1 -z file
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Check @file{file} with the @file{man} macro package, forcing
|
|
double-sided printing -- don't produce any output.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* grog::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node grog, , Invocation Examples, Invocation Examples
|
|
@subsection @code{grog}
|
|
|
|
@pindex grog
|
|
@code{grog} reads files, guesses which of the @code{groff} preprocessors
|
|
and/or macro packages are required for formatting them, and prints the
|
|
@code{groff} command including those options on the standard output.
|
|
The options generated are one of @option{-e}, @option{-man},
|
|
@option{-me}, @option{-mm}, @option{-ms}, @option{-p}, @option{-R},
|
|
@option{-g}, @option{-G}, @option{-s}, and @option{-t}.
|
|
|
|
A special file name @file{-} is taken to refer to the standard input.
|
|
If no files are specified the standard input will be read. Any
|
|
specified options will be included in the printed command. No space is
|
|
allowed between options and their arguments. For example,
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
grog -Tdvi paper.ms
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will guess the appropriate command to print @file{paper.ms} and then
|
|
print it to the command line after adding the @option{-Tdvi} option.
|
|
For direct execution, enclose the call to @code{grog} in backquotes at
|
|
the @acronym{UNIX} shell prompt:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
`grog -Tdvi paper.ms` > paper.dvi
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
As seen in the example, it is still necessary to redirect the output to
|
|
something meaningful (i.e.@: either a file or a pager program like
|
|
@code{less}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Tutorial for Macro Users, Macro Packages, Invoking groff, Top
|
|
@chapter Tutorial for Macro Users
|
|
@cindex tutorial for macro users
|
|
@cindex macros, tutorial for users
|
|
@cindex user's tutorial for macros
|
|
@cindex user's macro tutorial
|
|
|
|
Most users tend to use a macro package to format their papers. This
|
|
means that the whole breadth of @code{groff} is not necessary for most
|
|
people. This chapter covers the material needed to efficiently use a
|
|
macro package.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Basics::
|
|
* Common Features::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Basics, Common Features, Tutorial for Macro Users, Tutorial for Macro Users
|
|
@section Basics
|
|
@cindex basics of macros
|
|
@cindex macro basics
|
|
|
|
This section covers some of the basic concepts necessary to understand
|
|
how to use a macro package.@footnote{This section is derived from
|
|
@cite{Writing Papers with nroff using -me} by Eric P.@w{ }Allman.}
|
|
References are made throughout to more detailed information, if desired.
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} reads an input file prepared by the user and outputs a
|
|
formatted document suitable for publication or framing. The input
|
|
consists of text, or words to be printed, and embedded commands
|
|
(@dfn{requests} and @dfn{escapes}), which tell @code{gtroff} how to
|
|
format the output. For more detail on this, see @ref{Embedded
|
|
Commands}.
|
|
|
|
The word @dfn{argument} is used in this chapter to mean a word or number
|
|
which appears on the same line as a request, and which modifies the
|
|
meaning of that request. For example, the request
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.sp
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
spaces one line, but
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.sp 4
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
spaces four lines. The number@w{ }4 is an argument to the @code{sp}
|
|
request which says to space four lines instead of one. Arguments are
|
|
separated from the request and from each other by spaces. More details
|
|
on this can be found in @ref{Request Arguments}.
|
|
|
|
The primary function of @code{gtroff} is to collect words from input
|
|
lines, fill output lines with those words, justify the right-hand margin
|
|
by inserting extra spaces in the line, and output the result. For
|
|
example, the input:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Now is the time
|
|
for all good men
|
|
to come to the aid
|
|
of their party.
|
|
Four score and seven
|
|
years ago,...
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will be read, packed onto output lines, and justified to produce:
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
Now is the time for all good men to come to the aid of their party.
|
|
Four score and seven years ago,...
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@cindex break
|
|
@cindex line break
|
|
Sometimes a new output line should be started even though the current
|
|
line is not yet full; for example, at the end of a paragraph. To do
|
|
this it is possible to cause a @dfn{break}, which starts a new output
|
|
line. Some requests cause a break automatically, as do blank input
|
|
lines and input lines beginning with a space.
|
|
|
|
Not all input lines are text to be formatted. Some of the input lines
|
|
are requests which describe how to format the text. Requests always
|
|
have a period (@samp{.}) or an apostrophe (@samp{'}) as the first
|
|
character of the input line.
|
|
|
|
The text formatter also does more complex things, such as automatically
|
|
numbering pages, skipping over page boundaries, putting footnotes in the
|
|
correct place, and so forth.
|
|
|
|
Here are a few hints for preparing text for input to @code{gtroff}.
|
|
First, keep the input lines short. Short input lines are easier to
|
|
edit, and @code{gtroff} will pack words onto longer lines anyhow. In
|
|
keeping with this, it is helpful to begin a new line after every period,
|
|
comma, or phrase, since common corrections are to add or delete
|
|
sentences or phrases. Secondly, do not hyphenate words at the end of
|
|
lines -- @code{gtroff} is smart enough to hyphenate words for the user
|
|
as needed, but is not smart enough to take hyphens out and join a word
|
|
back together. Also, words such as ``mother-in-law'' should not be
|
|
broken over a line, since then a space can occur where not wanted, such
|
|
as ``@w{mother- in}-law''.
|
|
|
|
@findex ls
|
|
@cindex double spacing
|
|
@cindex spacing
|
|
@code{gtroff} will double space output text automatically if you use the
|
|
request @w{@samp{.ls 2}}. Single spaced mode can be reactivated by
|
|
typing @w{@samp{.ls 1}}.
|
|
|
|
A number of requests allow to change the way the output looks, sometimes
|
|
called the @dfn{layout} of the output page. Most of these requests
|
|
adjust the placing of @dfn{white space} (blank lines or spaces).
|
|
|
|
@cindex new page
|
|
The @samp{.bp} request starts a new page, causing a line break.
|
|
|
|
@cindex blank lines
|
|
@cindex empty lines
|
|
@cindex lines, empty
|
|
The request @w{@samp{.sp @var{N}}} leaves @var{N}@w{ }lines of blank
|
|
space. @var{N}@w{ }can be omitted (meaning skip a single line) or can
|
|
be of the form @var{N}i (for @var{N}@w{ }inches) or @var{N}c (for
|
|
@var{N}@w{ }centimeters). For example, the input:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.sp 1.5i
|
|
My thoughts on the subject
|
|
.sp
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
leaves one and a half inches of space, followed by the line ``My
|
|
thoughts on the subject'', followed by a single blank line.
|
|
|
|
@findex ce
|
|
@cindex centering lines
|
|
@cindex lines, centering
|
|
Text lines can be centered by using the @code{ce} request. The line
|
|
after @code{ce} is centered (horizontally) on the page. To center more
|
|
than one line, use @w{@samp{.ce @var{N}}} (where @var{N} is the number
|
|
of lines to center), followed by the @var{N}@w{ }lines. To center many
|
|
lines without counting them, type:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ce 1000
|
|
lines to center
|
|
.ce 0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
The @w{@samp{.ce 0}} request tells @code{groff} to center zero more
|
|
lines, in other words, stop centering.
|
|
|
|
@findex br
|
|
@cindex line break
|
|
@cindex break
|
|
All of these requests cause a break; that is, they always start a new
|
|
line. To start a new line without performing any other action, use
|
|
@code{br}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Common Features, , Basics, Tutorial for Macro Users
|
|
@section Common Features
|
|
@cindex common features
|
|
@cindex features, common
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} provides very low level operations for formatting a
|
|
document. There are many common routine operations which are done in
|
|
all documents. These common operations are written into @dfn{macros}
|
|
and collected into a @dfn{macro package}.
|
|
|
|
All macro packages provide certain common capabilities which fall into
|
|
the following categories.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Paragraphs::
|
|
* Sections and Chapters::
|
|
* Headers and Footers::
|
|
* Page Layout Adjustment::
|
|
* Displays::
|
|
* Footnotes and Annotations::
|
|
* Table of Contents::
|
|
* Indices::
|
|
* Paper Formats::
|
|
* Multiple Columns::
|
|
* Font and Size Changes::
|
|
* Predefined Strings::
|
|
* Preprocessor Support::
|
|
* Configuration and Customization::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Paragraphs, Sections and Chapters, Common Features, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Paragraphs
|
|
@cindex paragraphs
|
|
|
|
One of the most common and most used capability is starting a paragraph.
|
|
There are a number of different types of paragraphs, any of which can be
|
|
initiated with macros supplied by the macro package. Normally,
|
|
paragraphs start with a blank line and the first line indented, like the
|
|
text in this manual. There are also block style paragraphs, which omit
|
|
the indentation:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Some men look at constitutions with sanctimonious
|
|
reverence, and deem them like the ark of the covenant, too
|
|
sacred to be touched.
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
And there are also indented paragraphs which begin with a tag or label
|
|
at the margin and the remaining text indented.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
one This is the first paragraph. Notice how the first
|
|
line of the resulting paragraph lines up with the
|
|
other lines in the paragraph.
|
|
longlabel
|
|
This paragraph had a long label. The first
|
|
character of text on the first line will not line up
|
|
with the text on second and subsequent lines,
|
|
although they will line up with each other.
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
A variation of this is a bulleted list.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX description
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Sections and Chapters, Headers and Footers, Paragraphs, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Sections and Chapters
|
|
|
|
Most macro packages supply some form of section headers. The simplest
|
|
kind is simply the heading on a line by itself in bold type. Others
|
|
supply automatically numbered section heading or different heading
|
|
styles at different levels. Some, more sophisticated, macro packages
|
|
supply macros for starting chapters and appendices.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Headers and Footers, Page Layout Adjustment, Sections and Chapters, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Headers and Footers
|
|
|
|
Every macro package gives some way to manipulate the headers and
|
|
footers (or @dfn{titles}) on each page. Some packages will allow for
|
|
different ones on the even and odd pages (for material printed in a book
|
|
form).
|
|
|
|
The titles are called three-part titles, that is, there is a
|
|
left-justified part, a centered part, and a right-justified part. An
|
|
automatically generated page number may be put in any of these fields
|
|
with the @samp{%} character (see @ref{Page Layout}, for more details).
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Page Layout Adjustment, Displays, Headers and Footers, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Page Layout
|
|
|
|
Most macro packages let the user specify top and bottom margins and
|
|
other details about the appearance of the printed pages.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Displays, Footnotes and Annotations, Page Layout Adjustment, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Displays
|
|
@cindex displays
|
|
|
|
Displays are sections of text to be set off from the body of the paper.
|
|
Major quotes, tables, and figures are types of displays, as are all the
|
|
examples used in this document.
|
|
|
|
@cindex quotes, major
|
|
@cindex major quotes
|
|
@dfn{Major quotes} are quotes which are several lines long, and hence
|
|
are set in from the rest of the text without quote marks around them.
|
|
|
|
@cindex list
|
|
A @dfn{list} is an indented, single spaced, unfilled display. Lists
|
|
should be used when the material to be printed should not be filled and
|
|
justified like normal text, such as columns of figures or the examples
|
|
used in this paper.
|
|
|
|
@cindex keep
|
|
A @dfn{keep} is a display of lines which are kept on a single page if
|
|
possible. An example for a keep might be a diagram. Keeps differ from
|
|
lists in that lists may be broken over a page boundary whereas keeps
|
|
will not.
|
|
|
|
@cindex keep, floating
|
|
@cindex floating keep
|
|
Floating keeps move relative to the text. Hence, they are good for
|
|
things which will be referred to by name, such as ``See figure@w{ }3''.
|
|
A floating keep will appear at the bottom of the current page if it will
|
|
fit; otherwise, it will appear at the top of the next page. Meanwhile,
|
|
the surrounding text will `flow' around the keep, thus leaving now blank
|
|
areas.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Footnotes and Annotations, Table of Contents, Displays, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Footnotes and Annotations
|
|
@cindex footnotes
|
|
@cindex annotations
|
|
|
|
There are a number of requests to save text for later printing.
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Footnotes} are printed at the bottom of the current page.
|
|
|
|
@cindex delayed text
|
|
@dfn{Delayed text} is very similar to a footnote except that it is
|
|
printed when called for explicitly. This allows a list of references to
|
|
appear (for example) at the end of each chapter, as is the convention in
|
|
some disciplines.
|
|
|
|
Most macro packages which supply this functionality also supply a means
|
|
of automatically numbering either type of annotation.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Table of Contents, Indices, Footnotes and Annotations, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Table of Contents
|
|
@cindex table of contents
|
|
@cindex contents, table of
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Tables of contents} are a type of delayed text having a tag
|
|
(usually the page number) attached to each entry after a row of dots.
|
|
The table accumulates throughout the paper until printed, usually after
|
|
the paper has ended. Many macro packages will provide the ability to
|
|
have several tables of contents (i.e.@: one standard one, one for
|
|
tables, etc).
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Indices, Paper Formats, Table of Contents, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Indices
|
|
@cindex index, in macro package
|
|
|
|
While some macro packages will use the term @dfn{index}, none actually
|
|
provide that functionality. The facilities they call indices are
|
|
actually more appropriate for tables of contents.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Paper Formats, Multiple Columns, Indices, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Paper Formats
|
|
@cindex paper formats
|
|
|
|
Some macro packages provide stock formats for various kinds of
|
|
documents. Many of them provide a common format for the title and
|
|
opening pages of a technical paper. The @file{mm} macros in particular
|
|
provide formats for letters and memoranda.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Multiple Columns, Font and Size Changes, Paper Formats, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Multiple Columns
|
|
|
|
Some macro packages (but not @file{man}) provide the ability to have two
|
|
or more columns on a page.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Font and Size Changes, Predefined Strings, Multiple Columns, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Font and Size Changes
|
|
|
|
The built-in font and size functions are not always intuitive, so all
|
|
macro packages provide macros to make these operations simpler.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Predefined Strings, Preprocessor Support, Font and Size Changes, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Predefined Strings
|
|
|
|
Most macro packages provide various predefined strings for a variety of
|
|
uses; examples are sub- and superscripts, printable dates, quotes and
|
|
various special characters.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Preprocessor Support, Configuration and Customization, Predefined Strings, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Preprocessor Support
|
|
|
|
All macro packages provide support for the various preprocessors.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Configuration and Customization, , Preprocessor Support, Common Features
|
|
@subsection Configuration and Customization
|
|
|
|
Some macro packages provide means of customizing many of the details of how
|
|
the package behaves. This ranges from setting the default type size to
|
|
changing the appearance of section headers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Macro Packages, Programming Tutorial, Tutorial for Macro Users, Top
|
|
@chapter Macro Packages
|
|
@cindex macro packages
|
|
@cindex packages, macros
|
|
|
|
This chapter documents the main macro packages that come with
|
|
@code{groff}.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* man::
|
|
* mdoc::
|
|
* ms::
|
|
* me::
|
|
* mm::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node man, mdoc, Macro Packages, Macro Packages
|
|
@section @file{man}
|
|
@cindex @file{man}
|
|
@cindex manual pages
|
|
@pindex tmac.an
|
|
@pindex tmac.man
|
|
|
|
This is the most popular and probably the most important macro package
|
|
of @code{groff}. It is easy to use, and a vast majority of manual pages
|
|
are based on it.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Man options::
|
|
* Man usage::
|
|
* Man font macros::
|
|
* Miscellaneous man stuff::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Man options, Man usage, man, man
|
|
@subsection Options
|
|
|
|
The command line format for using the @file{man} macros with
|
|
@code{groff} is:
|
|
|
|
@c XXX document @TMAC_AN_PREFIX@
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
groff -m man [ -rC1 ] [ -rD1 ] [ -rP@var{nnn} ] [ -rS@var{xx} ]
|
|
[ -rX@var{nnn} ] [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
It is possible to use @samp{-man} instead of @w{@samp{-m man}}.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item -rC1
|
|
If more than one manual page is given on the command line, number the
|
|
pages continuously, rather than starting each at@w{ }1.
|
|
|
|
@item -rD1
|
|
Double-sided printing. Footers for even and odd pages are formatted
|
|
differently.
|
|
|
|
@item -rP@var{nnn}
|
|
Enumeration of pages will start with @var{nnn} rather than with@w{ }1.
|
|
|
|
@item -rS@var{xx}
|
|
Use @var{xx} (which can be 10, 11, or@w{ }12@dmn{pt}) as the base
|
|
document font size instead of the default value of@w{ }10@dmn{pt}.
|
|
|
|
@item -rX@var{nnn}
|
|
After page @var{nnn}, number pages as @var{nnn}a, @var{nnn}b,
|
|
@var{nnn}c, etc. For example, the option @option{-rX2} will produce the
|
|
following page numbers: 1, 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, etc.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Man usage, Man font macros, Man options, man
|
|
@subsection Usage
|
|
@cindex @code{man} macros
|
|
@cindex macros for manual pages
|
|
|
|
@pindex man.local
|
|
This section describes the available macros for manual pages. For
|
|
further customization, put additional macros and requests into the file
|
|
@file{man.local} which will be loaded immediately after @file{tmac.an}.
|
|
|
|
@maindex TH
|
|
@Defmac{TH, title section [@var{extra1}] [@var{extra2}] [@var{extra3}]}
|
|
Sets the title of the man page to @var{title} and the section to
|
|
@var{section}, which must have a value between 1 and@w{ }8. The value
|
|
of @var{section} may also have a string appended, e.g.@: @samp{.pm}, to
|
|
indicate a specific subsection of the man pages.
|
|
|
|
Both @var{title} and @var{section} are positioned at the left and right
|
|
in the header line (with @var{section} in parentheses immediately
|
|
appended to @var{title}. @var{extra1} will be positioned in the middle
|
|
of the footer line. @var{extra2} will be positioned at the left in the
|
|
footer line (resp.@: at the left on even pages and at the right on odd
|
|
pages if double-sided printing is active). @var{extra3} is centered in
|
|
the header line.
|
|
|
|
For @acronym{HTML} output, headers and footers are completely suppressed.
|
|
|
|
Additionally, this macro starts a new page; the new line number is@w{ }1
|
|
again (except if the @option{-rC1} option is given on the command line)
|
|
-- this feature is intended only for formatting multiple man pages; a
|
|
single man page should contain exactly one @code{TH} macro at the
|
|
beginning of the file.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex SH
|
|
@Defmac{SH, [@var{heading}]}
|
|
Sets up an unnumbered section heading sticking out to the left. Prints
|
|
out all the text following @code{SH} up to the end of the line (resp.@:
|
|
the text in the next line if there is no argument to @code{SH}) in bold
|
|
face, one size larger than the base document size. Additionally, the
|
|
left margin for the following text is reset to its default value.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex SS
|
|
@Defmac{SS, [@var{heading}]}
|
|
Sets up an unnumbered section heading. Prints out all the text
|
|
following @code{SS} up to the end of the line (resp.@: the text in the
|
|
next line if there is no argument to @code{SS}) in bold face, at the
|
|
same size as the base document size. Additionally, the left margin for
|
|
the following text is reset to its default value.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex TP
|
|
@Defmac{TP, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
Sets up an indented paragraph with label. The indentation is set to
|
|
@var{nnn} if that argument is supplied (the default unit is @samp{n} if
|
|
omitted), otherwise it is set to the default indentation value.
|
|
|
|
The first line of text following this macro is interpreted as a string
|
|
to be printed flush-left, as it is appropriate for a label. It is not
|
|
interpreted as part of a paragraph, so there is no attempt to fill the
|
|
first line with text from the following input lines. Nevertheless, if
|
|
the label is not as wide as the indentation, then the paragraph starts
|
|
at the same line (but indented), continuing on the following lines. If
|
|
the label is wider than the indentation, then the descriptive part of
|
|
the paragraph begins on the line following the label, entirely indented.
|
|
Note that neither font shape nor font size of the label is set to a
|
|
default value; on the other hand, the rest of the text will have default
|
|
font settings.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex LP
|
|
@maindex PP
|
|
@maindex P
|
|
@Defmac{LP}
|
|
@Defmacx{PP}
|
|
@Defmacx{P}
|
|
These macros are mutual aliases. Any of them causes a line break at the
|
|
current position, followed by a vertical space downwards by the amount
|
|
specified by the @code{PD} macro. The font size and shape are reset to
|
|
the default value (10@dmn{pt} resp.@: Roman). Finally, the current left
|
|
margin is restored.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex IP
|
|
@Defmac{IP, [@var{designator}] [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
Sets up an indented paragraph, using @var{designator} as a tag to mark
|
|
its beginning. The indentation is set to @var{nnn} if that argument is
|
|
supplied (default unit is @samp{n}), otherwise the default indentation
|
|
value is used. Font size and face of the paragraph (but not the
|
|
designator) are reset to their default values. To start an indented
|
|
paragraph with a particular indentation but without a designator, use
|
|
@samp{""} (two double quotes) as the first argument of @code{IP}.
|
|
|
|
For example, to start a paragraph with bullets as the designator and
|
|
4@dmn{en} indentation, write
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex HP
|
|
@cindex hanging indentation, in manual pages
|
|
@Defmac{HP, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
Sets up a paragraph with hanging left indentation. The indentation is
|
|
set to @var{nnn} if that argument is supplied (default unit is
|
|
@samp{n}), otherwise the default indentation value is used. Font size
|
|
and face are reset to their default values.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex RS
|
|
@cindex left margin, how to move, in manual pages
|
|
@Defmac{RS, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
This macro moves the left margin to the right by the value @var{nnn} if
|
|
specified (default unit is @samp{n}); otherwise the default indentation
|
|
value is used. Calls to the @code{RS} macro can be nested.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex RE
|
|
@Defmac{RE, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
This macro moves the left margin back to level @var{nnn}; if no argument
|
|
is given, it moves one level back. The first level (i.e., no call to
|
|
@code{RS} yet) has number@w{ }1, and each call to @code{RS} increases
|
|
the level by@w{ }1.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex SH
|
|
@maindex SS
|
|
@maindex TP
|
|
@maindex LP
|
|
@maindex PP
|
|
@maindex P
|
|
@maindex IP
|
|
@maindex HP
|
|
To summarize, the following macros cause a line break with the insertion
|
|
of vertical space (which amount can be changed with the @code{PD}
|
|
macro): @code{SH}, @code{SS}, @code{TP}, @code{LP} (@code{PP},
|
|
@code{P}), @code{IP}, and @code{HP}.
|
|
|
|
@maindex RS
|
|
@maindex RE
|
|
The macros @code{RS} and @code{RE} also cause a break but do not insert
|
|
vertical space.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Man font macros, Miscellaneous man stuff, Man usage, man
|
|
@subsection Macros to set fonts
|
|
@cindex fonts in manual pages
|
|
@cindex @code{man}, how to set fonts
|
|
|
|
The standard font is Roman; the default text size is 10@w{ }point.
|
|
|
|
@maindex SM
|
|
@Defmac{SM, [@var{text}]}
|
|
Causes the text on the same line or the text on the next line to appear
|
|
in a font that is one point size smaller than the default font.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex SB
|
|
@cindex boldface, in manual pages
|
|
@Defmac{SB, [@var{text}]}
|
|
Causes the text on the same line or the text on the next line to appear
|
|
in boldface font, one point size smaller than the default font.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex BI
|
|
@Defmac{BI, text}
|
|
Causes text on the same line to appear alternately in bold face and
|
|
italic. The text must be on the same line as the macro call. Thus,
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.BI this "word and" that
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
would cause ``this'' and ``that'' to appear in bold face, while ``word
|
|
and'' appears in italics.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex IB
|
|
@Defmac{IB, text}
|
|
Causes text to appear alternately in italic and bold face. The text
|
|
must be on the same line as the macro call.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex RI
|
|
@Defmac{RI, text}
|
|
Causes text on the same line to appear alternately in roman and italic.
|
|
The text must be on the same line as the macro call.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex IR
|
|
@Defmac{IR, text}
|
|
Causes text on the same line to appear alternately in italic and roman.
|
|
The text must be on the same line as the macro call.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex BR
|
|
@Defmac{BR, text}
|
|
Causes text on the same line to appear alternately in bold face and
|
|
roman. The text must be on the same line as the macro call.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex RB
|
|
@Defmac{RB, text}
|
|
Causes text on the same line to appear alternately in roman and bold
|
|
face. The text must be on the same line as the macro call.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex R
|
|
@Defmac{R, [@var{text}]}
|
|
Causes @var{text} to appear in roman font. If no text is present on the
|
|
line where the macro is called, then the text of the next line appears
|
|
in roman. This is the default font to which text is returned at the end
|
|
of processing of the other macros.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex B
|
|
@Defmac{B, [@var{text}]}
|
|
Causes @var{text} to appear in bold face. If no text is present on the
|
|
line where the macro is called, then the text of the next line appears
|
|
in bold face.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex I
|
|
@cindex italic, in manual pages
|
|
@Defmac{I, [@var{text}]}
|
|
Causes @var{text} to appear in italic. If no text is present on the
|
|
line where the macro is called, then the text of the next line appears
|
|
in italic.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Miscellaneous man stuff, , Man font macros, man
|
|
@subsection Miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
@pindex grohtml
|
|
@cindex @file{man}, default indentation
|
|
@cindex default indentation, @file{man}
|
|
The default indentation is 7.2@dmn{n} for all output devices except for
|
|
@code{grohtml} which uses 1.2@dmn{i} instead.
|
|
|
|
@maindex DT
|
|
@maindex TH
|
|
@cindex tab stops, in manual pages
|
|
@Defmac{DT}
|
|
Sets tabs every 0.5@w{ }inches. Since this macro is always called
|
|
during a @code{TH} request, it makes sense to call it only if the tab
|
|
positions have been changed.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex PD
|
|
@cindex empty space before a paragraph, in manual pages
|
|
@Defmac{PD, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
Adjusts the empty space before a new paragraph (resp.@: section). The
|
|
optional argument gives the amount of space (default units are
|
|
@samp{v}); without parameter, the value is reset to its default value
|
|
(1@w{ }line for tty devices, 0.4@dmn{v}@w{ }otherwise).
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex SH
|
|
@maindex SS
|
|
@maindex TP
|
|
@maindex LP
|
|
@maindex PP
|
|
@maindex P
|
|
@maindex IP
|
|
@maindex HP
|
|
This affects the macros @code{SH}, @code{SS}, @code{TP}, @code{LP}
|
|
(resp.@: @code{PP} and @code{P}), @code{IP}, and @code{HP}.
|
|
|
|
The following strings are defined:
|
|
|
|
@maindex \*S
|
|
@Defmac{\\*S}
|
|
Switch back to the default font size.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex \*R
|
|
@Defmac{\\*R}
|
|
The `registered' sign.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex \*(Tm
|
|
@Defmac{\\*(Tm}
|
|
The `trademark' sign.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@maindex \*(lq
|
|
@maindex \*(rq
|
|
@glindex lq
|
|
@glindex rq
|
|
@Defmac{\\*(lq}
|
|
@Defmacx{\\*(rq}
|
|
Left and right quote.
|
|
This is equal to @code{\(lq} and @code{\(rq}, respectively.
|
|
@end_Defmac
|
|
|
|
@cindex preprocessor, calling convention
|
|
@cindex calling convention of preprocessors
|
|
If a preprocessor like @code{gtbl} or @code{geqn} is needed, it has
|
|
become common usage to make the first line of the man page look like
|
|
this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.\" @var{word}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@pindex geqn@r{, invocation in manual pages}
|
|
@pindex grefer@r{, invocation in manual pages}
|
|
@pindex gtbl@r{, invocation in manual pages}
|
|
@pindex man@r{, invocation of preprocessors}
|
|
Note the single space character after the double quote. @var{word}
|
|
consists of letters for the needed preprocessors: @samp{e} for
|
|
@code{geqn}, @samp{r} for @code{grefer}, @samp{t} for @code{gtbl}.
|
|
Modern implementations of the @code{man} program read this first line
|
|
and automatically call the right preprocessor(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node mdoc, ms, man, Macro Packages
|
|
@section @file{mdoc}
|
|
@cindex @file{mdoc}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node ms, me, mdoc, Macro Packages
|
|
@section @file{ms}
|
|
@cindex @file{ms}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node me, mm, ms, Macro Packages
|
|
@section @file{me}
|
|
@cindex @file{me}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node mm, , me, Macro Packages
|
|
@section @file{mm}
|
|
@cindex @file{mm}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Programming Tutorial, Preprocessors, Macro Packages, Top
|
|
@chapter Programming Tutorial
|
|
@cindex programming tutorial
|
|
@cindex tutorial for programming
|
|
|
|
This chapter covers @strong{all} of the facilities of @code{gtroff}.
|
|
Users of macro packages may skip it if not interested in details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Text::
|
|
* Input Conventions::
|
|
* Measurements::
|
|
* Expressions::
|
|
* Identifiers::
|
|
* Embedded Commands::
|
|
* Registers::
|
|
* Manipulating Filling and Adjusting::
|
|
* Manipulating Hyphenation::
|
|
* Manipulating Spacing::
|
|
* Tabs and Fields::
|
|
* Character Translations::
|
|
* Troff and Nroff Mode::
|
|
* Line Layout::
|
|
* Page Layout::
|
|
* Page Control::
|
|
* Fonts::
|
|
* Sizes::
|
|
* Strings::
|
|
* Conditionals and Loops::
|
|
* Writing Macros::
|
|
* Page Motions::
|
|
* Drawing Requests::
|
|
* Traps::
|
|
* Diversions::
|
|
* Environments::
|
|
* I/O::
|
|
* Postprocessor Access::
|
|
* Miscellaneous::
|
|
* Debugging::
|
|
* Implementation Differences::
|
|
* Summary::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Text, Input Conventions, Programming Tutorial, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Text
|
|
@cindex text, @code{gtroff} processing
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} input files contain text with control commands
|
|
interspersed throughout. But, even without control codes, @code{gtroff}
|
|
will still do several things with the input text: filling and adjusting,
|
|
adding additional space after sentences, hyphenating and inserting
|
|
implicit line breaks.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Filling and Adjusting::
|
|
* Hyphenation::
|
|
* Sentences::
|
|
* Tab Stops::
|
|
* Implicit Line Breaks::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Filling and Adjusting, Hyphenation, Text, Text
|
|
@subsection Filling and Adjusting
|
|
@cindex filling
|
|
@cindex adjusting
|
|
|
|
When @code{gtroff} reads in text it collects words from input and fits
|
|
as many of them together on one output line as it can. This is known as
|
|
@dfn{filling}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex leading spaces
|
|
@cindex spaces, leading and trailing
|
|
@cindex extra spaces
|
|
@cindex trailing spaces
|
|
Once @code{gtroff} has a @dfn{filled} line it will try to @dfn{adjust}
|
|
it. This means it will widen the spacing between words until the text
|
|
reaches the right margin (in the default adjustment mode). Extra spaces
|
|
between words are preserved, but spaces at the end of lines are ignored.
|
|
Spaces at the front of a line will cause a @dfn{break} (breaks will be
|
|
explained in @ref{Implicit Line Breaks})
|
|
|
|
@xref{Manipulating Filling and Adjusting}.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Hyphenation, Sentences, Filling and Adjusting, Text
|
|
@subsection Hyphenation
|
|
@cindex hyphenation
|
|
|
|
Since the odds are not great for finding a set of words, for every
|
|
output line, which will fit nicely on a line without inserting excessive
|
|
amounts of space between words, @code{gtroff} will hyphenate words so
|
|
that lines can be justified without there being too much space between
|
|
words. It uses an internal hyphenation algorithm (a simplified version
|
|
of the algorithm used within @TeX{}) to indicate which words can be
|
|
hyphenated and how to do so. When a word is hyphenated the first part
|
|
of the word will be added to the current filled line being output (with
|
|
an attached hyphen), and the other portion will be added to the next
|
|
line to be filled.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Manipulating Hyphenation}.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Sentences, Tab Stops, Hyphenation, Text
|
|
@subsection Sentences
|
|
@cindex sentences
|
|
|
|
Although it is often debated, some typesetting rules say there should be
|
|
different amounts of space after various punctuation marks. For
|
|
example, the @cite{Chicago typsetting manual} says that a period at the
|
|
end of a sentence should have twice as much space following it as would
|
|
a comma or a period as part of an abbreviation.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX exact citation of Chicago manual
|
|
|
|
@cindex sentence space
|
|
@cindex space between sentences
|
|
@cindex french-spacing
|
|
@code{gtroff} does this by flagging certain characters (normally
|
|
@samp{!}, @samp{?} and @samp{.}) as @dfn{end of sentence} characters.
|
|
When @code{gtroff} encounters one of these characters at the end of a
|
|
line it will append two @dfn{sentence spaces} in the formatted output.
|
|
(This justifies one of the conventions mentioned in @ref{Input
|
|
Conventions}.)
|
|
|
|
@cindex transparent characters
|
|
@cindex character, transparent
|
|
@glindex dg
|
|
@glindex rq
|
|
@cindex "
|
|
@cindex '
|
|
@cindex )
|
|
@cindex ]
|
|
@cindex *
|
|
In addition, the following characters resp.@: glyphs are treated
|
|
transparently while handling end of sentence characters: @samp{"},
|
|
@samp{'}, @samp{)}, @samp{]}, @samp{*}, @code{dg}, and @code{rq}.
|
|
|
|
See the @code{cflags} request in @ref{Using Symbols}, for more details.
|
|
|
|
@findex \&
|
|
To prevent the insertion of extra space after an end of sentence
|
|
character (at the end of a line), append @code{\&}.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Tab Stops, Implicit Line Breaks, Sentences, Text
|
|
@subsection Tab Stops
|
|
@cindex tab stops
|
|
@cindex stops, tabulator
|
|
@cindex tab character
|
|
@cindex character, tabulator
|
|
|
|
@cindex @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding
|
|
@code{gtroff} translates @dfn{tabulator characters}, also called
|
|
@dfn{tabs} (normally code point @acronym{ASCII} @code{0x09} resp.@:
|
|
@acronym{EBCDIC} @code{0x05}), in the input into movements to the next
|
|
tabulator stop. These tab stops are initially located every half inch
|
|
across the page. Using this, simple tables can easily be made.
|
|
However, it can often be deceptive as the appearance (and width) of the
|
|
text on a terminal and the results from @code{gtroff} can vary greatly.
|
|
|
|
Also, a possible sticking point is that lines beginning with tab
|
|
characters will still be filled, again producing unexpected results.
|
|
For example, the following input
|
|
|
|
@multitable {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678}
|
|
@item
|
|
@tab 1 @tab 2 @tab 3
|
|
@item
|
|
@tab @tab 4 @tab 5
|
|
@end multitable
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will produce
|
|
|
|
@multitable {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678} {12345678}
|
|
@item
|
|
@tab 1 @tab 2 @tab 3 @tab @tab 4 @tab 5
|
|
@end multitable
|
|
|
|
@xref{Tabs and Fields}.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Implicit Line Breaks, , Tab Stops, Text
|
|
@subsection Implicit Line Breaks
|
|
@cindex implicit line breaks
|
|
@cindex implicit breaks of lines
|
|
@cindex line, implicit breaks
|
|
@cindex break, implicit
|
|
@cindex line break
|
|
|
|
An important concept in @code{gtroff} is the @dfn{break}. When a break
|
|
occurs, @code{gtroff} will output the partially filled line
|
|
(unjustified), and resume collecting and filling text on the next output
|
|
line.
|
|
|
|
@cindex blank line
|
|
@cindex empty line
|
|
@cindex line, blank
|
|
There are several ways to cause a break in @code{gtroff}. A blank line
|
|
will not only cause a break, but it will also cause a one line vertical
|
|
space (effectively a blank line) to be output.
|
|
|
|
@cindex fill mode
|
|
@cindex mode, fill
|
|
A line which begins with a space will cause a break and the space will
|
|
be output at the beginning of the next line. Note that this space isn't
|
|
adjusted, even in fill mode.
|
|
|
|
The end of file will also cause a break -- otherwise the last line of
|
|
the document may vanish!
|
|
|
|
Certain requests also cause breaks, implicitly or explicitly. This will
|
|
be discussed in @ref{Manipulating Filling and Adjusting}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Input Conventions, Measurements, Text, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Input Conventions
|
|
@cindex input conventions
|
|
@cindex conventions for input
|
|
|
|
Since @code{gtroff} does filling automatically, it is traditional in
|
|
@code{groff} not to try and type things in as nicely formatted
|
|
paragraphs. These are some conventions commonly used when typing
|
|
@code{gtroff} text:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
Break lines after punctuation, particularly at the end of a sentence,
|
|
and in other logical places. Keep separate phrases on lines by
|
|
themselves, as entire phrases are often added or deleted when editing.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Try to keep lines less than 40-60@w{ }characters, to allow space for
|
|
inserting more text.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Do not try to do any formatting in a @acronym{WYSIWYG} manner (i.e.,
|
|
don't try and use spaces to get proper indentation).
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Measurements, Expressions, Input Conventions, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Measurements
|
|
@cindex measurements
|
|
|
|
@cindex units of measurement
|
|
@cindex basic units
|
|
@cindex machine units
|
|
@cindex measurement units
|
|
@cindex @code{u} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{u}
|
|
@code{gtroff} (like any other programs) requires numeric parameters to
|
|
specify various measurements. Most numeric parameters@footnote{those
|
|
that specify vertical or horizontal motion or a type size} may have a
|
|
@dfn{measurement unit} attached. These units are specified as a single
|
|
character which immediately follows the number or expression. Each of
|
|
these units are understood, by @code{gtroff}, to be a multiple of its
|
|
@dfn{basic unit}. So, whenever a different measurement unit is
|
|
specified @code{gtroff} converts this into its @dfn{basic units}. This
|
|
basic unit, represented by a @samp{u}, is a device dependent measurement
|
|
which is quite small, ranging from 1/75th to 1/72000th of an inch. The
|
|
values may be given as fractional numbers; however, fractional basic
|
|
units are always rounded to integers.
|
|
|
|
Some of the measurement units are completely independent of any of the
|
|
current settings (e.g.@: type size) of @code{gtroff}.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item i
|
|
@cindex inch
|
|
@cindex @code{i} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{i}
|
|
Inches. An antiquated measurement unit still in use in certain
|
|
backwards countries. One inch is equal to@w{ }2.54@dmn{cm}.
|
|
|
|
@item c
|
|
@cindex centimeter
|
|
@cindex @code{c} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{c}
|
|
Centimeters. One centimeter is equal to@w{ }0.3937@dmn{in}.
|
|
|
|
@item p
|
|
@cindex points
|
|
@cindex @code{p} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{p}
|
|
Points. This is a typesetter's measurement used for measure type size.
|
|
It is 72@w{ }points to an inch.
|
|
|
|
@item P
|
|
@cindex pica
|
|
@cindex @code{P} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{P}
|
|
Pica. Another typesetting measurement. 6@w{ }Picas to an inch (and
|
|
12@w{ }points to a pica).
|
|
|
|
@item s
|
|
@itemx z
|
|
@cindex @code{s} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{s}
|
|
@cindex @code{z} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{z}
|
|
@xref{Fractional Type Sizes}, for a discussion of these units.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The other measurements understood by @code{gtroff} are dependent on
|
|
settings currently in effect in @code{gtroff}. These are very useful
|
|
for specifying measurements which should look proper with any size of
|
|
text.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item m
|
|
@cindex em unit
|
|
@cindex @code{m} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{m}
|
|
Ems. This unit is equal to the current font size in points. So called
|
|
because it is @emph{approximately} the width of the letter@w{ }@samp{m}
|
|
in the current font.
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
@cindex en unit
|
|
@cindex @code{n} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{n}
|
|
Ens. This is half of an em.
|
|
|
|
@item v
|
|
@cindex vertical space
|
|
@cindex space, vertical
|
|
@cindex @code{v} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{v}
|
|
Vertical space. This is equivalent to the current line spacing.
|
|
@xref{Sizes}, for more information about this.
|
|
|
|
@item M
|
|
@cindex @code{M} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{M}
|
|
100ths of an em.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Default Units::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Default Units, , Measurements, Measurements
|
|
@subsection Default Units
|
|
@cindex default units
|
|
@cindex units, default
|
|
|
|
Many requests take a default unit. While this can be helpful at times,
|
|
it can cause strange errors in some expressions. For example, the line
|
|
length request expects em units. Here are several attempts to get a
|
|
line length of 3.5@w{ }inches and their results:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
3.5i @result{} 3.5i
|
|
7/2 @result{} 0i
|
|
7/2i @result{} 0i
|
|
7i/2 @result{} 0.1i
|
|
7i/2u @result{} 3.5i
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Everything will be converted to basic units first. In the above example
|
|
it is assumed that 1@dmn{i} equals@w{ }240@dmn{u}, and 1@dmn{m}
|
|
equals@w{ }10@dmn{p} (thus 1@dmn{m} equals@w{ }33@dmn{u}). The value
|
|
7i/2 will be first handled as 7i/2m, then converted to 1680u/66u which
|
|
is 25@dmn{u}, and this is approximately 0.1@dmn{i}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex measurements, specifying safely
|
|
As a conclusion, the safest way to specify measurements is to always
|
|
attach a scaling indicator. If you want to multiply or divide by a
|
|
certain scalar value, use @samp{u} as the unit for that value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Expressions, Identifiers, Measurements, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Expressions
|
|
@cindex expressions
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} has most of operators common to other languages:
|
|
|
|
@c XXX more details; examples
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex arithmetic operators
|
|
@cindex operators, arithmetic
|
|
@opindex +
|
|
@opindex -
|
|
@opindex /
|
|
@opindex *
|
|
@opindex %
|
|
Arithmetic: @samp{+} (addition), @samp{-} (subtraction), @samp{/}
|
|
(division), @samp{*} (multiplication), @samp{%} (modulo).
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} only provides integer arithmetic. The internal type used
|
|
for computing results is @samp{int}, which is usually a 32@dmn{bit}
|
|
signed integer.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex comparison operators
|
|
@cindex operators, comparison
|
|
@opindex <
|
|
@opindex >
|
|
@opindex >=
|
|
@opindex <=
|
|
@opindex =
|
|
@opindex ==
|
|
Comparison: @samp{<} (less than), @samp{>} (greater than), @samp{<=}
|
|
(less than or equal), @samp{>=} (greater than or equal), @samp{=}
|
|
(equal), @samp{==} (the same as @samp{=}).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex logical operators
|
|
@cindex operators, logical
|
|
@opindex &
|
|
@opindex :
|
|
Logical: @samp{&} (logical and), @samp{:} (logical or).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex unary operators
|
|
@cindex operators, unary
|
|
@opindex -
|
|
@opindex +
|
|
@opindex !
|
|
@findex if@r{, and the @samp{!} operator}
|
|
@findex while@r{, and the @samp{!} operator}
|
|
Unary operators: @samp{-} (negating, i.e.@: changing the sign), @samp{+}
|
|
(just for completeness; does nothing in expressions), @samp{!} (logical
|
|
not; this works only within @code{if} and @code{while} requests). See
|
|
below for the use of unary operators in motion requests.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex extremum operators
|
|
@cindex operators, extremum
|
|
@opindex >?
|
|
@opindex <?
|
|
Extrema: @samp{>?} (maximum), @samp{<?} (minimum). For example,
|
|
@samp{5>?3} yields@w{ }@samp{5}.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX add examples
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex scaling operator
|
|
@cindex operator, scaling
|
|
Scaling: @code{(@var{c};@var{e})}. Evaluate @var{e} using @var{c} as
|
|
the default scaling indicator. If @var{c} is missing, ignore scaling
|
|
indicators in the evaluation of @var{e}.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@cindex parentheses
|
|
@cindex order of evaluation in expressions
|
|
@cindex expression, order of evaluation
|
|
@opindex (
|
|
@opindex )
|
|
Parentheses may be used as in any other language. However, in
|
|
@code{gtroff} they are necessary to ensure order of evaluation.
|
|
@code{gtroff} has no operator precedence; expressions are evaluated left
|
|
to right. This means that @samp{3+5*4} is evaluated as if it were
|
|
parenthesized like @samp{(3+5)*4}, not as @samp{3+(5*4)}, as might be
|
|
expected.
|
|
|
|
@opindex +@r{, and page motion}
|
|
@opindex -@r{, and page motion}
|
|
@opindex |@r{, and page motion}
|
|
@cindex motion operators
|
|
@cindex operators, motion
|
|
For many requests which cause a motion on the page, the unary operators
|
|
work differently. The @samp{+} and @samp{-} operators then indicate a
|
|
motion relative to the current position (down or up, respectively), and
|
|
the @samp{|} operator indicates an absolute position on the page or
|
|
input line.
|
|
@c XXX xref
|
|
@samp{+} and @samp{-} are also treated differently by the following
|
|
requests and escapes: @code{bp}, @code{in}, @code{ll}, @code{lt},
|
|
@code{nm}, @code{nr}, @code{pl}, @code{pn}, @code{po}, @code{ps},
|
|
@code{rt}, @code{ti}, @code{\R}, and @code{\s}. Here the plus and minus
|
|
signs indicate increments resp.@: decrements.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX add more xref
|
|
@xref{Setting Registers}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex space characters in expressions
|
|
@cindex expressions and space characters
|
|
Due to the way arguments are parsed, spaces are not allowed in
|
|
expressions, unless the entire expression is surrounded by parentheses.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Request Arguments}, and @ref{Conditionals and Loops}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Identifiers, Embedded Commands, Expressions, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Identifiers
|
|
@cindex identifiers
|
|
|
|
Like any other language, @code{gtroff} has rules for properly formed
|
|
@dfn{identifiers}. In @code{gtroff}, an identifier can be made up of
|
|
almost any printable character, with the exception of the following
|
|
characters:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex whitespace characters
|
|
@cindex newline character
|
|
@cindex character, whitespace
|
|
Whitespace characters (space, tabs, and newlines).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex character, backspace
|
|
@cindex backspace character
|
|
@cindex @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding of backspace
|
|
Backspace (@acronym{ASCII}@w{ }@code{0x08} resp.@: @acronym{EBCDIC}@w{
|
|
}@code{0x16}) and character code @code{0x01}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex invalid input characters
|
|
@cindex input characters, invalid
|
|
@cindex characters, invalid input
|
|
@cindex unicode
|
|
The following input characters are invalid and will be ignored if
|
|
@code{groff} runs on a machine based on @acronym{ASCII}, causing a
|
|
warning message of type @samp{input} (see @ref{Debugging}, for more
|
|
details): @code{0x00}, @code{0x0B}, @code{0x0D}-@code{0x1F},
|
|
@code{0x80}-@code{0x9F}.
|
|
|
|
And here are the invalid input characters if @code{groff} runs on an
|
|
@acronym{EBCDIC} host: @code{0x00}, @code{0x08}, @code{0x09},
|
|
@code{0x0B}, @code{0x0D}-@code{0x14}, @code{0x17}-@code{0x1F},
|
|
@code{0x30}-@code{0x3F}.
|
|
|
|
Currently, some of these reserved codepoints are used internally, thus
|
|
making it non-trivial to extend @code{gtroff} to cover Unicode or other
|
|
character sets resp.@: encodings which use characters of these ranges.
|
|
|
|
Note that invalid characters will be removed before parsing; an
|
|
identifier @code{foo}, followed by an invalid character, followed by
|
|
@code{bar} will be treated as @code{foobar}.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
For example, any of the following is valid.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
br
|
|
PP
|
|
(l
|
|
end-list
|
|
@@_
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex ]
|
|
Note that identifiers longer than two characters with a closing bracket
|
|
(@samp{]}) in its name can't be accessed with escape sequences which
|
|
expect an identifier as a parameter. For example, @samp{\[foo]]} will
|
|
access the glyph @samp{foo}, followed by @samp{]}, whereas
|
|
@samp{\C'foo]'} really asks for glyph @samp{foo]}.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX xref
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\A, ident}
|
|
Whether an identifier @var{ident} is valid in @code{gtroff} can be
|
|
tested with the @code{\A} escape. It expands to the character@w{ }1
|
|
or@w{ }0 according to whether its argument (usually delimited by quotes)
|
|
is or is not acceptable as the name of a string, macro, diversion,
|
|
number register, environment, or font. It will return@w{ }0 if no
|
|
argument is given. This is useful for looking up user input in some
|
|
sort of associative table.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
\A'end-list'
|
|
@result{} 1
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@xref{Escapes}, for details on parameter delimiting characters.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX add xrefs above
|
|
|
|
Identifiers in @code{gtroff} can be any length, but, in some contexts,
|
|
@code{gtroff} needs to be told where identifiers end and text begins
|
|
(and in different ways depending on their length):
|
|
|
|
@findex (
|
|
@findex [
|
|
@findex ]
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
Single character.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Two characters. Must be prefixed with @samp{(} in some situations.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Arbitrary length (@code{gtroff} only). Must be bracketed with @samp{[}
|
|
and@w{ }@samp{]} in some situations. Any length identifier can be put
|
|
in brackets.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@cindex undefined identifiers
|
|
@cindex indentifiers, undefined
|
|
Unlike many other programming languages, undefined identifiers are
|
|
silently ignored or expanded to nothing.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX add info about -ww command line option.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Interpolating Registers}, and @ref{Strings}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Embedded Commands, Registers, Identifiers, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Embedded Commands
|
|
@cindex embedded commands
|
|
@cindex commands, embedded
|
|
|
|
Most documents need more functionality beyond filling, adjusting and
|
|
implicit line breaking. In order to gain further functionality,
|
|
@code{gtroff} allows commands to be embedded into the text, in two ways.
|
|
|
|
The first is a @dfn{request} which takes up an entire line, and does
|
|
some large scale operation (e.g.@: break lines, start new pages).
|
|
|
|
The other is an @dfn{escape} which can be embedded anywhere in the text,
|
|
or even as an argument to a request.
|
|
@c XXX (Not always?)
|
|
Escapes generally do more minor operations like sub- and superscripts,
|
|
print a symbol, etc.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Requests::
|
|
* Macros::
|
|
* Escapes::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Requests, Macros, Embedded Commands, Embedded Commands
|
|
@subsection Requests
|
|
@cindex requests
|
|
|
|
@cindex control character
|
|
@cindex character, control
|
|
@cindex no-break control character
|
|
@cindex character, no-break control
|
|
@cindex control character, no-break
|
|
@findex '
|
|
@findex .
|
|
A request line begins with a control character, which is either a single
|
|
quote (@samp{'}, the @dfn{no-break control character}) or a period
|
|
(@samp{.}, the normal @dfn{control character}). These can be changed;
|
|
see @ref{Character Translations}, for details. After this there may be
|
|
optional tabs or spaces followed by an identifier which is the name of
|
|
the request. This may be followed by any number of space-separated
|
|
arguments.
|
|
|
|
@cindex zero width space character
|
|
@cindex character, zero width space
|
|
@cindex space character, zero width
|
|
@findex \&@r{, escaping control characters}
|
|
To begin a line with a control character without it being interpreted,
|
|
precede it with @code{\&}. This represents a zero width space, which
|
|
means it will not affect the output.
|
|
|
|
In most cases the period is used as a control character. Several
|
|
requests will cause a break implicitly; using the single quote control
|
|
character will prevent this.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Request Arguments::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Request Arguments, , Requests, Requests
|
|
@subsubsection Request Arguments
|
|
@cindex request arguments
|
|
@cindex arguments to requests
|
|
|
|
Arguments to requests (and macros) are processed much like the shell:
|
|
The line is split into arguments according to spaces. An argument which
|
|
is intended to contain spaces can either be enclosed in quotes (single
|
|
or double), or have the spaces @dfn{escaped} with backslashes.
|
|
|
|
Here are a few examples:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.uh The Mouse Problem
|
|
.uh "The Mouse Problem"
|
|
.uh The\ Mouse\ Problem
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \~
|
|
@findex \@key{SP}
|
|
@noindent
|
|
The first line is the @code{uh} macro being called with 3 arguments,
|
|
@samp{The}, @samp{Mouse}, and @samp{Problem}. The latter two have the
|
|
same effect or calling the @code{uh} macro with one argument, @samp{The
|
|
Mouse Problem}.@footnote{The last solution, i.e., using escaped spaces,
|
|
is ``classical'' in the sense that it can be found in most @code{troff}
|
|
documents. Nevertheless, it is not optimal in all situations, since
|
|
@w{@samp{\ }} inserts a fixed-width, non-breaking space character which
|
|
can't stretch. @code{gtroff} provides a different command @code{\~} to
|
|
insert a stretchable, non-breaking space.}
|
|
|
|
@findex ds
|
|
Note, however, that the @code{ds} request works differently.
|
|
@xref{Strings}, for more details.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Macros, Escapes, Requests, Embedded Commands
|
|
@subsection Macros
|
|
@cindex macros
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} has a @dfn{macro} facility for defining a series of lines
|
|
which can be invoked by name. They are called in the same manner as
|
|
requests -- arguments also may be passed in the same manner.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Writing Macros}, and @ref{Request Arguments}.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Escapes, , Macros, Embedded Commands
|
|
@subsection Escapes
|
|
@cindex escapes
|
|
|
|
Escapes may occur anywhere in the input to @code{gtroff}. They usually
|
|
begin with a backslash and are followed by a single character which
|
|
indicates the function to be performed. The escape character can be
|
|
changed; see @ref{Character Translations}.
|
|
|
|
@findex (
|
|
@findex [
|
|
@findex ]
|
|
Escape sequences which require an identifier as a parameter accept three
|
|
possible syntax forms.
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
The next single character is the identifier.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
If this single character is an opening parenthesis, take the following
|
|
two characters as the identifier. Note that there is no closing
|
|
parenthesis after the identifier.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
If this single character is an opening bracket, take all characters
|
|
until a closing bracket as the identifier.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
\fB
|
|
\n(XX
|
|
\*[TeX]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex '
|
|
@cindex argument delimiting characters
|
|
@cindex characters, argument delimiting
|
|
@cindex delimiting characters for arguments
|
|
Other escapes may require several arguments and/or some special format.
|
|
In such cases the argument is traditionally enclosed in single quotes
|
|
(and quotes are always used in this manual for the definitions of escape
|
|
sequences). The enclosed text is then processed according to what that
|
|
escape expects. Example:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
\l'1.5i\(bu'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \o
|
|
@findex \b
|
|
@findex \X
|
|
Note that the quote character can be replaced with any other character
|
|
which does not occur in the argument (even a newline or a space
|
|
character) in the following escapes: @code{\o}, @code{\b}, and
|
|
@code{\X}. This makes e.g.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
A caf
|
|
\o
|
|
e\'
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Paris
|
|
@result{} A caf@'e in Paris
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
possible, but it is better not to use this feature to avoid confusion.
|
|
|
|
@findex \%
|
|
@findex \@key{SP}
|
|
@findex \|
|
|
@findex \^
|
|
@findex \@{
|
|
@findex \@}
|
|
@findex \'
|
|
@findex \`
|
|
@findex \-
|
|
@findex \_
|
|
@findex \!
|
|
@findex \?
|
|
@findex \@@
|
|
@findex \)
|
|
@findex \/
|
|
@findex \,
|
|
@findex \&
|
|
@findex \~
|
|
@findex \0
|
|
@findex \a
|
|
@findex \c
|
|
@findex \d
|
|
@findex \e
|
|
@findex \E
|
|
@findex \p
|
|
@findex \r
|
|
@findex \t
|
|
@findex \u
|
|
The following escapes sequences (which are handled similarly to
|
|
characters since they don't take a parameter) are also allowed as
|
|
delimiters: @code{\%}, @w{@samp{\ }}, @code{\|}, @code{\^}, @code{\@{},
|
|
@code{\@}}, @code{\'}, @code{\`}, @code{\-}, @code{\_}, @code{\!},
|
|
@code{\?}, @code{\@@}, @code{\)}, @code{\/}, @code{\,}, @code{\&},
|
|
@code{\~}, @code{\0}, @code{\a}, @code{\c}, @code{\d}, @code{\e},
|
|
@code{\E}, @code{\p}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\u}. Again, don't
|
|
use these if possible.
|
|
|
|
@findex \A
|
|
@findex \Z
|
|
@findex \C
|
|
@findex \w
|
|
No newline characters as delimiters are allowed in the following
|
|
escapes: @code{\A}, @code{\Z}, @code{\C}, and @code{\w}.
|
|
|
|
@findex \D
|
|
@findex \h
|
|
@findex \H
|
|
@findex \l
|
|
@findex \L
|
|
@findex \N
|
|
@findex \R
|
|
@findex \s
|
|
@findex \S
|
|
@findex \v
|
|
@findex \x
|
|
Finally, the escapes @code{\D}, @code{\h}, @code{\H}, @code{\l},
|
|
@code{\L}, @code{\N}, @code{\R}, @code{\s}, @code{\S}, @code{\v}, and
|
|
@code{\x} can't use the following characters as delimiters:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex numbers
|
|
@cindex digits
|
|
The digits @code{0}-@code{9}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex operators
|
|
@opindex +
|
|
@opindex -
|
|
@opindex /
|
|
@opindex *
|
|
@opindex %
|
|
@opindex <
|
|
@opindex >
|
|
@opindex =
|
|
@opindex &
|
|
@opindex :
|
|
@opindex (
|
|
@opindex )
|
|
@opindex .
|
|
The (single-character) operators @samp{+-/*%<>=&:().}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex space character
|
|
@cindex character, space
|
|
@cindex tab character
|
|
@cindex character, tab
|
|
@cindex newline character
|
|
@cindex character, newline
|
|
The space, tab, and newline characters.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex \%
|
|
@findex \@{
|
|
@findex \@}
|
|
@findex \'
|
|
@findex \`
|
|
@findex \-
|
|
@findex \_
|
|
@findex \!
|
|
@findex \@@
|
|
@findex \/
|
|
@findex \c
|
|
@findex \e
|
|
@findex \p
|
|
All escape sequences except @code{\%}, @code{\@{}, @code{\@}},
|
|
@code{\'}, @code{\`}, @code{\-}, @code{\_}, @code{\!}, @code{\@@},
|
|
@code{\/}, @code{\c}, @code{\e}, and @code{\p}.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@findex \\
|
|
@findex \e
|
|
@findex \E
|
|
To have a backslash (resp.@: the current escape character) appear in the
|
|
output several escapes are defined: @code{\\}, @code{\e} or @code{\E}.
|
|
These are very similar, and only differ with respect to being used in
|
|
macros or diversions. @xref{Copy-in Mode}, and @ref{Diversions}, for
|
|
more information.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX explanation of \E
|
|
|
|
@xref{Identifiers}, and @ref{Character Translations}.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Comments::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Comments, , Escapes, Escapes
|
|
@subsubsection Comments
|
|
@cindex comments
|
|
|
|
Probably one of the most@footnote{Unfortunately, this is a lie. But
|
|
hopefully future @code{gtroff} hackers will believe it @code{:-)}}
|
|
common forms of escapes is the comment.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\"}
|
|
Start a comment. Everything to the end of the input line is ignored.
|
|
|
|
This may sound simple, but it can be tricky to keep the comments from
|
|
interfering with the appearance of the final output.
|
|
|
|
@findex ds
|
|
If the escape is to the right of some text or a request, that portion of
|
|
the line will be ignored, but the space leading up to it will be noticed
|
|
by @code{gtroff}. This only affects the @code{.ds} request.
|
|
@c XXX (any others?)
|
|
|
|
@cindex tabs before comments
|
|
@cindex comments, lining up with tabs
|
|
One possibly irritating idiosyncracy is that tabs must not be used to
|
|
line up comments. Tabs are not treated as white space between the
|
|
request and macro arguments.
|
|
|
|
@cindex undefined request
|
|
@cindex request, undefined
|
|
A comment on a line by itself will be treated as a blank line, because
|
|
after eliminating the comment, that is all that remains:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Test
|
|
\" comment
|
|
Test
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will produce
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Test
|
|
|
|
Test
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
As a consequence, it is common to start the line with @code{.\"} which
|
|
will cause the line to be treated as an undefined request and thus
|
|
ignored completely.
|
|
|
|
@findex '
|
|
Another commenting scheme seen sometimes is three consecutive single
|
|
quotes (@code{'''}) at the beginning of a line. This works, but
|
|
@code{gtroff} will give a warning about an undefined macro (namely
|
|
@code{''}), which is harmless, but irritating.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\#}
|
|
To avoid all this, @code{gtroff} has a new comment mechanism using
|
|
the @code{\#} escape. This escape works the same as @code{\"} except
|
|
that the newline is also ignored:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Test
|
|
\# comment
|
|
Test
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will produce
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Test Test
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
as expected.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@findex ig
|
|
For commenting away large blocks of text, the @code{ig} request may be
|
|
useful.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX definition of .ig
|
|
|
|
@xref{Strings}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Registers, Manipulating Filling and Adjusting, Embedded Commands, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Registers
|
|
@cindex registers
|
|
|
|
Numeric variables in @code{gtroff} are called @dfn{registers}. There
|
|
are a number of built-in registers, supplying anything from the date to
|
|
details of formatting parameters.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Identifiers}, for details on register identifiers.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Setting Registers::
|
|
* Interpolating Registers::
|
|
* Auto-increment::
|
|
* Assigning Formats::
|
|
* Built-in Registers::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Setting Registers, Interpolating Registers, Registers, Registers
|
|
@subsection Setting Registers
|
|
@cindex setting registers
|
|
@cindex registers, setting
|
|
|
|
Registers are defined resp.@: set via the @code{nr} request or the
|
|
@code{\R} escape.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, nr, ident value}
|
|
@Deffnx{Escape, \\R, ident value}
|
|
Set number register @var{ident} to @var{value}. If @var{ident} doesn't
|
|
exist, it will be created.
|
|
|
|
The argument to @code{\R} has to be enclosed in quotes usually.
|
|
@xref{Escapes}, for details on parameter delimiting characters.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
For example, the following two lines are equivalent:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a 1
|
|
\R'a 1'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Both @code{nr} and @code{\R} have two additional special forms to
|
|
increment resp.@: decrement a register.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, nr, ident +value}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, nr, ident -value}
|
|
@Deffnx{Escape, \\R, ident +value}
|
|
@Deffnx{Escape, \\R, ident -value}
|
|
Increment (decrement) register @var{ident} by @var{value}.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a 1
|
|
.nr a +1
|
|
\na
|
|
@result{} 2
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@cindex negating register values
|
|
To assign the negated value of a register to another register, some care
|
|
must be taken to get the desired result:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a 7
|
|
.nr b 3
|
|
.nr a -\nb
|
|
\na
|
|
@result{} 4
|
|
.nr a (-\nb)
|
|
\na
|
|
@result{} -3
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
The surrounding parentheses prevent the interpretation of the minus sign
|
|
as a decrementing operator. An alternative is to start the assignment
|
|
with a @samp{0}:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a 7
|
|
.nr b -3
|
|
.nr a \nb
|
|
\na
|
|
@result{} 4
|
|
.nr a 0\nb
|
|
\na
|
|
@result{} -3
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, rr, ident}
|
|
Remove number register @var{ident}. If @var{ident} doesn't exist, the
|
|
request is ignored.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, rnn, ident1 ident2}
|
|
Rename number register @var{ident1} to @var{ident2}. If either
|
|
@var{ident1} or @var{ident2} doesn't exist, the request is ignored.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, aln, ident1 ident2}
|
|
This request creates an alias @var{ident1} for a number register
|
|
@var{ident2}. The new name and the old name will be exactly equivalent.
|
|
If @var{ident1} is undefined, a warning of type @samp{reg} will be
|
|
generated, and the request will be ignored. @xref{Debugging}, for
|
|
information about warnings.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Interpolating Registers, Auto-increment, Setting Registers, Registers
|
|
@subsection Interpolating Registers
|
|
@cindex interpolating registers
|
|
@cindex registers, interpolating
|
|
|
|
Numeric registers can be accessed via the @code{\n} escape.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\n, ident}
|
|
@c XXX is the following correct?
|
|
Interpolate number register @var{ident}. This means that the value of
|
|
the register is expanded in-place while @code{gtroff} is parsing the
|
|
input line.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a 5
|
|
.nr as \na+\na
|
|
\n(as
|
|
@result{} 10
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Auto-increment, Assigning Formats, Interpolating Registers, Registers
|
|
@subsection Auto-increment
|
|
@cindex auto-increment
|
|
@cindex increment, automatic
|
|
|
|
Number registers can also be auto-incremented and auto-decremented. The
|
|
increment resp.@: decrement factor can be specified with a third
|
|
argument to the @code{nr} request or @code{\R} escape.
|
|
|
|
@findex \R
|
|
@Deffn{Request, nr, ident value incr}
|
|
Set number register @var{ident} to @var{value}; the increment for
|
|
auto-incrementing is set to @var{incr}. Note that the @code{\R} escape
|
|
doesn't support this notation.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
To activate auto-incrementing, the escape @code{\n} has a special syntax
|
|
form.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\n, +ident}
|
|
@Deffnx{Escape, \\n, -ident}
|
|
Before interpolating, increment resp.@: decrement @var{ident} by the
|
|
auto-increment value as specified with the @code{nr} request (or the
|
|
@code{\R} escape). If no auto-increment value has been specified, both
|
|
syntax forms are identical to @code{\n}.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a 0 1
|
|
.nr xx 0 5
|
|
.nr foo 0 -2
|
|
\n+a, \n+a, \n+a, \n+a, \n+a
|
|
.br
|
|
\n-(xx, \n-(xx, \n-(xx, \n-(xx, \n-(xx
|
|
.br
|
|
\n+[foo], \n+[foo], \n+[foo], \n+[foo], \n+[foo]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
produces
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
|
|
-5, -10, -15, -20, -25
|
|
-2, -4, -6, -8, -10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@cindex increment value without changing the register
|
|
To change the increment value without changing the value of a register,
|
|
the following can be used:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a \na 10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Assigning Formats, Built-in Registers, Auto-increment, Registers
|
|
@subsection Assigning Formats
|
|
@cindex assigning formats
|
|
@cindex formats, assigning
|
|
|
|
When a register is used in the text of an input file (as opposed to part
|
|
of an expression), it is textually replaced (or interpolated) with a
|
|
representation of that number. This output format can be changed to a
|
|
variety of formats (numbers, Roman numerals, etc.). This is done using
|
|
the @code{af} request.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, af, ident format}
|
|
Change the output format of a number register. The first argument
|
|
@var{ident} is the name of the number register to be changed, and the
|
|
second argument @var{format} is the output format. The following output
|
|
formats are available:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item 1
|
|
Decimal arabic numbers. This is the default format: 1, 2, 3,@w{
|
|
}@enddots{}
|
|
|
|
@item 0@dots{}0
|
|
Decimal numbers with as many digits as specified. So, @samp{00} would
|
|
result in printing numbers as 01, 02, 03,@w{ }@enddots{}
|
|
|
|
In fact, any digit instead of zero will do; @code{gtroff} only counts
|
|
how many digits are specified. As a consequence, @code{af}'s default
|
|
format @samp{1} could be specified as @samp{0} also (and exactly this is
|
|
returned by the @code{\g} escape, see below).
|
|
|
|
@item I
|
|
@cindex roman numerals
|
|
@cindex numerals, Roman
|
|
Upper-case Roman numerals: 0, I, II, III, IV,@w{ }@enddots{}
|
|
|
|
@item i
|
|
Lower-case Roman numerals: 0, i, ii, iii, iv,@w{ }@enddots{}
|
|
|
|
@item A
|
|
Upper-case letters: A, B, C, @dots{},@w{ }Z, AA, AB,@w{ }@enddots{}
|
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
Lower-case letters: a, b, c, @dots{},@w{ }z, aa, ab,@w{ }@enddots{}
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Omitting the number register format will cause a warning of type
|
|
@samp{missing}. @xref{Debugging}, for more details. Specifying a
|
|
nonexistent format causes an error.
|
|
|
|
The following example will produce @samp{10, X, j, 010}:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a 10
|
|
.af a 1 \" the default format
|
|
\na,
|
|
.af a I
|
|
\na,
|
|
.af a a
|
|
\na,
|
|
.af a 001
|
|
\na
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@cindex roman numerals, maximum and minimum
|
|
@cindex maximum values of Roman numerals
|
|
@cindex minimum values of Roman numerals
|
|
The largest number representable for the @samp{i} and @samp{I} formats
|
|
is 39999 (resp.@: -39999); @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} uses @samp{z} and
|
|
@samp{w} to represent 10000 and 5000 in Roman numerals, and so does
|
|
@code{gtroff}. Currently, the correct glyphs of Roman numeral five
|
|
thousand and Roman numeral ten thousand (Unicode code points
|
|
@code{U+2182} and @code{U+2181}, respectively) are not available.
|
|
|
|
If @var{ident} doesn't exist, it will be created.
|
|
|
|
@cindex read-only register, changing format
|
|
@cindex changing format, read-only register
|
|
Changing the output format of a read-only register causes an error. It
|
|
is necessary to first copy the register's value to a writeable register,
|
|
then apply the @code{af} request to this other register.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex format of register
|
|
@cindex register, format
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\g, ident}
|
|
Return the current format of the specified register @var{ident}. For
|
|
example, @samp{\ga} after the previous example would produce the string
|
|
@samp{000}. If the register hasn't been defined yet, nothing is
|
|
returned.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Built-in Registers, , Assigning Formats, Registers
|
|
@subsection Built-in Registers
|
|
@cindex built-in registers
|
|
@cindex registers, built-in
|
|
|
|
The following lists some built-in registers which are not described
|
|
elsewhere in this manual. Any register which begins with a @samp{.} is
|
|
read-only. A complete listing of all built-in registers can be found in
|
|
@ref{Register Index}.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item .H
|
|
@cindex horizontal resolution register
|
|
@cindex resolution, horizontal, register
|
|
@vindex .H
|
|
Horizontal resolution in basic units.
|
|
|
|
@item .V
|
|
@cindex vertical resolution register
|
|
@cindex resolution, vertical, register
|
|
@vindex .V
|
|
Vertical resolution in basic units.
|
|
|
|
@item dw
|
|
@cindex day of the week register
|
|
@cindex date, day of the week register
|
|
@vindex dw
|
|
Day of the week (1-7).
|
|
|
|
@item dy
|
|
@cindex day of the month register
|
|
@cindex date, day of the month register
|
|
@vindex dy
|
|
Day of the month (1-31).
|
|
|
|
@item mo
|
|
@cindex month of the year register
|
|
@cindex date, month of the year register
|
|
@vindex mo
|
|
Current month (1-12).
|
|
|
|
@item year
|
|
@cindex date, year register
|
|
@cindex year, current, register
|
|
@vindex year
|
|
The current year.
|
|
|
|
@item yr
|
|
@vindex yr
|
|
The current year minus@w{ }1900. Unfortunately, the documentation of
|
|
@acronym{UNIX} Version@w{ }7's @code{troff} had a year@w{ }2000 bug: It
|
|
incorrectly claimed that @code{yr} contains the last two digits of the
|
|
year. That claim has never been true of either traditional @code{troff}
|
|
or GNU @code{troff}. Old @code{troff} input that looks like this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
'\" The following line stopped working after 1999
|
|
This document was formatted in 19\n(yr.
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
can be corrected as follows:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
This document was formatted in \n[year].
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
or, to be portable to older @code{troff} versions, as follows:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr y4 1900+\n(yr
|
|
This document was formatted in \n(y4.
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item .c
|
|
@vindex .c
|
|
@itemx c.
|
|
@vindex c.
|
|
@cindex input line number register
|
|
@cindex line number, input, register
|
|
The current @emph{input} line number. Register @samp{.c} is read-only,
|
|
whereas @samp{c.} (a @code{gtroff} extension) is writable also,
|
|
affecting both @samp{.c} and @samp{c.}.
|
|
|
|
@item ln
|
|
@vindex ln
|
|
@findex nm
|
|
@cindex output line number register
|
|
@cindex line number, output, register
|
|
The current @emph{output} line number after a call to the @code{nm}
|
|
request to activate line numbering.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX xref nm request
|
|
|
|
@item .x
|
|
@vindex .x
|
|
@cindex major version number register
|
|
@cindex version number, major, register
|
|
The major version number. For example, if the version number is@w{
|
|
}1.03 then @code{.x} will contain@w{ }@samp{1}.
|
|
|
|
@item .y
|
|
@vindex .y
|
|
@cindex minor version number register
|
|
@cindex version number, minor, register
|
|
The minor version number. For example, if the version number is@w{
|
|
}1.03 then @code{.y} will contain@w{ }@samp{03}.
|
|
|
|
@item .Y
|
|
@vindex .Y
|
|
@cindex revision number register
|
|
The revision number of @code{groff}.
|
|
|
|
@item .g
|
|
@vindex .g
|
|
@cindex @code{gtroff} identification register
|
|
@cindex GNU-specific register
|
|
Always@w{ }1. Macros should use this to determine whether they are
|
|
running under GNU @code{troff}.
|
|
|
|
@item .A
|
|
@vindex .A
|
|
@cindex @acronym{ASCII} approximation output register
|
|
If the command line option @option{-a} is used to produce an
|
|
@acronym{ASCII} approximation of the output, this is set to@w{ }1, zero
|
|
otherwise. @xref{Groff Options}.
|
|
|
|
@item .P
|
|
@vindex .P
|
|
This register is set to@w{ }1 (and to@w{ }0 otherwise) if the current
|
|
page is actually being printed, i.e., if the @option{-o} option is being
|
|
used to only print selected pages. @xref{Groff Options}, for more
|
|
information.
|
|
|
|
@item .T
|
|
@vindex .T
|
|
If @code{gtroff} is called with the @option{-T} command line option, the
|
|
number register @code{.T} is set to@w{ }1, and zero otherwise.
|
|
@xref{Groff Options}.
|
|
|
|
@maindex \*(.T
|
|
@cindex output device register
|
|
Additionally, @code{gtroff} predefines a single (read/write) string
|
|
register @code{.T} which contains the current output device (for
|
|
example, @samp{latin1} or @samp{ps}).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Manipulating Filling and Adjusting, Manipulating Hyphenation, Registers, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Manipulating Filling and Adjusting
|
|
@cindex manipulating filling and adjusting
|
|
@cindex filling and adjusting, manipulating
|
|
@cindex adjusting and filling, manipulating
|
|
@cindex justifying text
|
|
@cindex text, justifying
|
|
|
|
@cindex break
|
|
@cindex line break
|
|
@findex bp
|
|
@findex ce
|
|
@findex cf
|
|
@findex fi
|
|
@findex fl
|
|
@findex in
|
|
@findex nf
|
|
@findex rj
|
|
@findex sp
|
|
@findex ti
|
|
@findex trf
|
|
Various ways of causing @dfn{breaks} were given in @ref{Implicit Line
|
|
Breaks}. The @code{br} request will likewise cause a break. Several
|
|
other requests will also cause breaks, but implicitly. These are
|
|
@code{bp}, @code{ce}, @code{cf}, @code{fi}, @code{fl}, @code{in},
|
|
@code{nf}, @code{rj}, @code{sp}, @code{ti}, and @code{trf}.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, br, }
|
|
Break the current line, i.e., the input collected so far will be emitted
|
|
without adjustment.
|
|
|
|
If the no-break control character is used, no break will happen:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
a
|
|
'br
|
|
b
|
|
@result{} a b
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
Initially, @code{gtroff} will fill and adjust text to both margins.
|
|
Filling can be disabled via the @code{nf} request and re-enabled with
|
|
the @code{fi} request.
|
|
|
|
@cindex fill mode
|
|
@cindex mode, fill
|
|
@vindex .u
|
|
@Deffn{Request, fi, }
|
|
Activate fill mode (which is the default). This request implicitly
|
|
enables adjusting; it will also cause a break in the text currently
|
|
being filled. The number register @code{.u} is set to@w{ }1.
|
|
|
|
The fill mode status is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex no-fill mode
|
|
@cindex mode, no-fill
|
|
@Deffn{Request, nf, }
|
|
Activate no-fill mode. Input lines are output as-is, retaining line
|
|
breaks. The current line length will be ignored. This command
|
|
implicitly disables adjusting; it also causes a break. The number
|
|
register @code{.u} will be set to@w{ }0.
|
|
|
|
The fill mode status is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ad, [@var{mode}]}
|
|
Set adjusting mode.
|
|
|
|
Activation and deactivation of adjusting will be implicitly done with
|
|
calls to the @code{fi} resp.@: @code{nf} requests.
|
|
|
|
@var{mode} can have one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item l
|
|
@cindex ragged-right
|
|
Adjust text to the left margin. This produces what is traditionally
|
|
called ragged-right text.
|
|
|
|
@item r
|
|
@cindex ragged-left
|
|
Adjust text to the right margin, producing ragged-left text.
|
|
|
|
@item c
|
|
@cindex centered text
|
|
@findex ce
|
|
Center filled text. This is different to the @code{ce} request which
|
|
only centers text without filling.
|
|
|
|
@item b
|
|
@itemx n
|
|
Justify to both margins. This is the default used by @code{gtroff}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
With no argument, @code{gtroff} will adjust lines in the same way it did
|
|
before adjusting has been deactivated (with a call to @code{na}, for
|
|
example).
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
text
|
|
.ad r
|
|
text
|
|
.ad c
|
|
text
|
|
.na
|
|
text
|
|
.ad \" back to centering
|
|
text
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@vindex .j
|
|
@cindex current adjustment mode register
|
|
The current adjustment mode is available in the number register
|
|
@code{.j}; it can be stored and subsequently used to set adjustment.
|
|
|
|
The adjustment mode status is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, na, }
|
|
Disable adjusting. This request won't change the current adjustment
|
|
mode: A call to @code{ad} afterwards will use the previous adjustment
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
|
The adjustment mode status is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\p, }
|
|
Adjust the current line and cause a break.
|
|
|
|
In most cases this will produce very ugly results, since @code{gtroff}
|
|
doesn't have a sophisticated paragraph building algorithm (as @TeX{}
|
|
does, for example); instead, @code{gtroff} fills and adjusts a paragraph
|
|
line by line:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
This is an uninteresting sentence.
|
|
This is an uninteresting sentence.\p
|
|
This is an uninteresting sentence.
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
is formatted as
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
This is an uninteresting sentence. This is an
|
|
uninteresting sentence.
|
|
This is an uninteresting sentence.
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex word space size
|
|
@cindex size of word space
|
|
@cindex space between words
|
|
@cindex sentence space size
|
|
@cindex size of sentence space
|
|
@cindex space between sentences
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ss, word_space_size [@var{sentence_space_size}]}
|
|
Change the minimum size of a space between filled words. It takes its
|
|
units as one twelfth of the space width parameter for the current font.
|
|
Initially both the @var{word_space_size} and @var{sentence_space_size}
|
|
are@w{ }12.
|
|
|
|
@cindex fill mode
|
|
@cindex mode, fill
|
|
If two arguments are given to the @code{ss} request, the second argument
|
|
sets the sentence space size. If the second argument is not given,
|
|
sentence space size will be set to @var{word_space_size}. The sentence
|
|
space size is used in two circumstances: if the end of a sentence occurs
|
|
at the end of a line in fill mode, then both an inter-word space and a
|
|
sentence space will be added; if two spaces follow the end of a sentence
|
|
in the middle of a line, then the second space will be a sentence space.
|
|
Note that the behaviour of @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} will be exactly
|
|
that exhibited by GNU @code{troff} if a second argument is never given
|
|
to the @code{ss} request. In GNU @code{troff}, as in @acronym{UNIX}
|
|
@code{troff}, a sentence should always be followed by either a newline
|
|
or two spaces.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .ss
|
|
@vindex .sss
|
|
The number registers @code{.ss} and @code{.sss} hold the values of the
|
|
parameters set by the first and second arguments of the @code{ss}
|
|
request.
|
|
|
|
The word space and sentence space values are associated with the current
|
|
environment (@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
|
|
This request is ignored in nroff mode; it is also ignored if there is no
|
|
parameter.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex centering lines
|
|
@cindex lines, centering
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ce, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
Center text. While the @w{@samp{.ad c}} request will also center text,
|
|
it has the side effect of filling the text. @code{ce} will not fill the
|
|
text it affects. This request causes a break.
|
|
|
|
With no arguments, @code{ce} will center the next line of text.
|
|
@var{nnn} specifies the number of lines to be centered. If
|
|
the argument is zero or negative, centering is disabled.
|
|
|
|
@findex ll
|
|
@findex in
|
|
@findex ti
|
|
The basic length for centering text is the line length (as set with the
|
|
@code{ll} request) minus the indentation (as set with the @code{in}
|
|
request). Temporary indentation is ignored.
|
|
|
|
A common idiom is to turn on centering for a large number of lines, and
|
|
to turn off centering after text to be centered. This is useful for any
|
|
request which takes a number of lines as an argument.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ce 1000
|
|
replace this
|
|
with
|
|
something
|
|
more interesting
|
|
@dots{}
|
|
.ce 0
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@vindex .ce
|
|
The @code{.ce} number register contains the number of lines remaining to
|
|
be centered, as set by the @code{ce} request.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex justifying text
|
|
@cindex text, justifying
|
|
@cindex right-justifying
|
|
@vindex .rj
|
|
@Deffn{Request, rj, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
Justify unfilled text to the right margin. Arguments are identical to
|
|
the @code{ce} request. The @code{.rj} number register is the number of
|
|
lines to be right-justified as set by the @code{rj} request. This
|
|
request causes a line break.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Manipulating Hyphenation, Manipulating Spacing, Manipulating Filling and Adjusting, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Manipulating Hyphenation
|
|
@cindex manipulating hyphenation
|
|
@cindex hyphenation, manipulating
|
|
|
|
As discussed in @ref{Hyphenation}, @code{gtroff} will hyphenate words.
|
|
There are a number of ways to influence hyphenation.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hy, [@var{mode}]}
|
|
Enable hyphenation. The request has an optional numeric argument,
|
|
@var{mode}, to restrict hyphenation if necessary:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item 1
|
|
The default argument if @var{mode} is omitted. Hyphenate without
|
|
restrictions. This is also the start-up value of @code{gtroff}.
|
|
|
|
@item 2
|
|
Do not hyphenate the last word on a page or column.
|
|
|
|
@item 4
|
|
Do not hyphenate the last two characters of a word.
|
|
|
|
@item 8
|
|
Do not hyphenate the first two characters of a word.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Values in the previous table are additive. For example, the value@w{
|
|
}12 causes @code{gtroff} to neither hyphenate the last two nor the first
|
|
two characters of a word.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .hy
|
|
@cindex hyphenation restrictions register
|
|
The current hyphenation restrictions can be found in the number register
|
|
@samp{.hy}.
|
|
|
|
The hyphenation mode is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, nh, }
|
|
Disable hyphenation (i.e., set the hyphenation mode to zero). Note that
|
|
the hyphenation mode of the last call to @code{hy} is not remembered.
|
|
|
|
The hyphenation mode is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@vindex .hlc
|
|
@vindex .hlm
|
|
@findex \%
|
|
@cindex explicit hyphens
|
|
@cindex hyphen, explicit
|
|
@cindex consecutive hyphenated lines
|
|
@cindex lines, consecutive hyphenated
|
|
@cindex hyphenated lines, consecutive
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hlm, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
Set the maximum number of consecutive hyphenated lines to @var{nnn}. If
|
|
this number is negative, there is no maximum. The default value is@w{
|
|
}-1 if @var{nnn} is omitted. This value is associated with the current
|
|
environment (@pxref{Environments}). Only lines output from a given
|
|
environment count towards the maximum associated with that environment.
|
|
Hyphens resulting from @code{\%} are counted; explicit hyphens are not.
|
|
|
|
The current setting of @code{hlm} is available in the @code{.hlm}
|
|
register. Also the number of immediately preceding consecutive
|
|
hyphenated lines are available in the number register @samp{.hlc}.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hw, word1 word2 @dots{}}
|
|
Define how @var{word1}, @var{word2}, etc.@: are to be hyphenated. The
|
|
words must be given with hyphens at the hyphenation points. For
|
|
example:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.hw in-sa-lub-rious
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Besides the space character, any character whose hyphenation code value
|
|
is zero can be used to separate the arguments of @code{hw} (see the
|
|
documentation for the @code{hcode} request below for more information).
|
|
In addition, this request can be used more than once.
|
|
|
|
Hyphenation exceptions specified with the @code{hw} request are
|
|
associated with the current hyphenation language; it will cause an error
|
|
if there is no current hyphenation language.
|
|
|
|
This request is ignored if there is no parameter.
|
|
|
|
In old versions of @code{troff} there was a limited amount of space to
|
|
store such information; fortunately, with @code{gtroff}, this is no
|
|
longer a restriction.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex hyphenation character
|
|
@cindex character, hyphenation
|
|
@cindex disabling hyphenation
|
|
@cindex hyphenation, disabling
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\%, }
|
|
To tell @code{gtroff} how to hyphenate words on the fly, the @code{\%}
|
|
escape, also known as the @dfn{hyphenation character}, can be used.
|
|
Preceding a word with this character will prevent it from being
|
|
hyphenated, putting it in a word will indicate to @code{gtroff} that the
|
|
word may be hyphenated at that point. Note that this mechanism will
|
|
only affect that one occurrence of the word; to change the hyphenation
|
|
of a word for the entire document, use the @code{hw} request.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hc, [@var{char}]}
|
|
Change the hyphenation character to @var{char}. This character will
|
|
then work the same as the @code{\%} escape, and thus, no longer appear
|
|
in the output. Without an argument, @code{hc} will reset the
|
|
hyphenation character to be @code{\%} (the default) only.
|
|
|
|
The hyphenation character is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex hyphenation patterns
|
|
@cindex patterns for hyphenation
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hpf, pattern_file}
|
|
Read in a file of hyphenation patterns. This file will be searched for
|
|
in the same way as @file{tmac.@var{name}} is searched for if the
|
|
@option{-m@var{name}} option is specified.
|
|
|
|
It should have the same format as the argument to the @code{\patterns}
|
|
primitive in @TeX{} (without using @TeX{}'s macro expansion); the
|
|
letters appearing in this file are interpreted as hyphenation codes. A
|
|
@samp{%} character in the patterns file introduces a comment that
|
|
continues to the end of the line.
|
|
|
|
If no @code{hpf} request is specified (either in the document or in a
|
|
macro package), @code{gtroff} won't hyphenate at all.
|
|
|
|
@findex hla
|
|
@pindex troffrc
|
|
@pindex troffrc-end
|
|
@pindex hyphen.us
|
|
The set of hyphenation patterns is associated with the current language
|
|
set by the @code{hla} request. The @code{hpf} request is usually
|
|
invoked by the @file{troffrc} or @file{troffrc-end} file; by default,
|
|
@file{troffrc} loads hyphenation patterns for American English (in file
|
|
@file{hyphen.us}).
|
|
|
|
@code{hpf} will cause an error if there is no current hyphenation
|
|
language.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex hyphenation code
|
|
@cindex code, hyphenation
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hcode, c1 code1 c2 code2 @dots{}}
|
|
Sets the hyphenation code of character @var{c1} to @var{code1}, that of
|
|
@var{c2} to @var{code2}, etc. A hyphenation code must be a single input
|
|
character (not a special character) other than a digit or a space.
|
|
Initially each lower-case letter (@samp{a}-@samp{z}) has its hyphenation
|
|
set to itself, and each upper-case letter (@samp{A}-@samp{Z}) has a
|
|
hyphenation code which is the lower-case version of itself.
|
|
|
|
This request will be ignored if it has no parameter.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex hyphenation margin
|
|
@cindex margin for hyphenation
|
|
@findex ad
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hym, [@var{length}]}
|
|
Set the (right) hyphenation margin to @var{length}. If the current
|
|
adjustment mode is not@w{ }@samp{b}, the line will not be hyphenated if
|
|
it is shorter than @var{length}. Without argument, the hyphenation
|
|
margin will be reset to its default value, which is@w{ }0. The default
|
|
scaling indicator for this request is@w{ }@code{m}. The hyphenation
|
|
margin is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
|
|
A negative argument will reset the hyphenation margin to zero, emitting
|
|
a warning of type @samp{range}.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .hym
|
|
@cindex current hyphenation margin register
|
|
The current hyphenation margin is available in the @code{.hym} register.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex hyphenation space
|
|
@findex ad
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hys, [@var{hyphenation_space}]}
|
|
Set the hyphenation space to @var{hyphenation_space}. If the current
|
|
adjustment mode is@w{ }@samp{b}, don't hyphenate the line if it
|
|
can be justified by adding no more than @var{hyphenation_space} extra
|
|
space to each word space. Without argument, the hyphenation space is
|
|
set to its default value, which is@w{ }0. The default scaling indicator
|
|
for this request is@w{ }@code{m}. The hyphenation space is associated
|
|
with the current environment (@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
|
|
A negative argument will reset the hyphenation space to zero, emitting a
|
|
warning of type @samp{range}.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .hys
|
|
@cindex current hyphenation space register
|
|
The current hyphenation space is available in the @code{.hys} register.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex soft hyphen character
|
|
@cindex character, soft hyphen
|
|
@glindex hy
|
|
@findex char
|
|
@findex tr
|
|
@Deffn{Request, shc, [@var{char}]}
|
|
Set the soft hyphen character to @var{char}. If the argument is
|
|
omitted, the soft hyphen character will be set to the default character
|
|
@code{\(hy} (this is the start-up value of @code{gtroff} also). The
|
|
soft hyphen character is the character which will be inserted when a
|
|
word is hyphenated at a line break. If the soft hyphen character does
|
|
not exist in the font of the character immediately preceding a potential
|
|
break point, then the line will not be broken at that point. Neither
|
|
definitions (specified with the @code{char} request) nor translations
|
|
(specified with the @code{tr} request) are considered when finding the
|
|
soft hyphen character.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@findex hpf
|
|
@findex hw
|
|
@pindex troffrc
|
|
@pindex troffrc-end
|
|
@Deffn{Request, hla, language}
|
|
Set the current hyphenation language to the string @var{language}.
|
|
Hyphenation exceptions specified with the @code{hw} request and
|
|
hyphenation patterns specified with the @code{hpf} request are both
|
|
associated with the current hyphenation language. The @code{hla}
|
|
request is usually invoked by the @file{troffrc} or the
|
|
@file{troffrc-end} files; @file{troffrc} sets the default language to
|
|
@samp{us}.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .hla
|
|
@cindex current hyphenation language register
|
|
The current hyphenation language is available as a string in the
|
|
read-only number register @samp{.hla}.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds curr_language \n[.hla]
|
|
\*[curr_language]
|
|
@result{} us
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Manipulating Spacing, Tabs and Fields, Manipulating Hyphenation, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Manipulating Spacing
|
|
@cindex manipulating spacing
|
|
@cindex spacing, manipulating
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, sp, [@var{distance}]}
|
|
Space downwards @var{distance}. With no argument it will advance 1@w{
|
|
}line. A negative argument will cause @code{gtroff} to move up the page
|
|
the specified distance. If the argument is preceded by a @samp{|}
|
|
@code{gtroff} will move that distance from the top of the page. This
|
|
request causes a line break. The default scaling indicator is@w{
|
|
}@code{v}.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex double-spacing
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ls, [@var{nnn}]}
|
|
Output @w{@var{nnn}-1} blank lines after each line of text. With no
|
|
argument @code{gtroff} will use the previous value before the last
|
|
@code{ls} call.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ls 2 \" This causes double-spaced output
|
|
.ls 3 \" This causes triple-spaced output
|
|
.ls \" Again double spaced
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The line spacing is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
|
|
@vindex .L
|
|
@cindex current line spacing register
|
|
The number register @code{.L} contains the current line spacing setting.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\x, spacing}
|
|
Sometimes, extra vertical spacing is only needed occasionally, e.g.@: to
|
|
allow space for a tall construct (like an equation). The @code{\x}
|
|
escape will do this. The escape is given a numerical argument, usually
|
|
enclosed in quotes (like @samp{\x'3p'}); the default scaling indicator
|
|
is@w{ }@code{v}. If this number is positive extra vertical space will
|
|
be inserted below the current line. A negative number will add space
|
|
above. If this escape is used multiple times on the same line, the
|
|
maximum of the values is used.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Escapes}, for details on parameter delimiting characters.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .a
|
|
@cindex extra vertical line space register
|
|
The @code{.a} number register contains the most recent (nonnegative)
|
|
extra vertical line space.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... example of inline equation ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@findex sp
|
|
@cindex no-space mode
|
|
@cindex mode, no-space
|
|
@cindex blank lines, disabling
|
|
@cindex lines, blank, disabling
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ns, }
|
|
Enable @dfn{no-space mode}. In this mode, spacing (either via @code{sp}
|
|
or via blank lines) is disabled. The @code{bp} request to advance to
|
|
the next page is also disabled, except if it is accompanied by a page
|
|
number (see @ref{Page Control}, for more information). This mode will
|
|
end when actual text is output or the @code{rs} request is encountered.
|
|
|
|
This request is useful for macros which want to avoid that subsequent
|
|
macros inadvertently insert some vertical space before the text starts
|
|
(for example, to set up the first paragraph after a section header). It
|
|
is associated with the current diversion level.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX xref
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, rs, }
|
|
Disable no-space mode. This request is associated with the current
|
|
diversion level.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX xref
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Tabs and Fields, Character Translations, Manipulating Spacing, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Tabs and Fields
|
|
@cindex tabs and fields
|
|
@cindex fields and tabs
|
|
|
|
@cindex @acronym{EBCDIC} encoding of a tab
|
|
A tab character (@acronym{ASCII} char@w{ }9, @acronym{EBCDIC} char@w{
|
|
}5) causes a horizontal movement to the next tab stop (much
|
|
like it did on a typewriter).
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\t, }
|
|
This escape is a non-interpreted tab character. In copy mode
|
|
(@pxref{Copy-in Mode}), @code{\t} is the same as a real tab character.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ta, [@var{n1} @var{n2} @dots{} @var{nn} @t{T} @var{r1} @var{r2} @dots{} @var{rn}]}
|
|
Change tab stop positions. This request takes a series of tab
|
|
specifiers as arguments (optionally divided into two groups with the
|
|
letter @samp{T}) which indicate where each tab stop is to be (overriding
|
|
any previous settings).
|
|
|
|
Tab stops can be specified absolutely, i.e., as the distance from the
|
|
left margin. For example, the following will set 6@w{ }tab stops every
|
|
one inch.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ta 1i 2i 3i 4i 5i 6i
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Tab stops can also be specified relatively (using a leading @samp{+})
|
|
which means that the specified tab stop will be set that distance from
|
|
the previous tab stop. For example, the following is equivalent to the
|
|
previous example.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ta 1i +1i +1i +1i +1i +1i
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} supports an extended syntax to specify repeat values after
|
|
the @samp{T} mark (these values are always taken as relative) -- this is
|
|
the usual way to specify tabs set at equal intervals. The following is,
|
|
yet again, the same as the previous examples. It does even more since
|
|
it defines an infinite number of tab stops separated by one inch.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ta T 1i
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Now we are ready to interpret the full syntax given at the beginning:
|
|
Set tabs at positions @var{n1}, @var{n2}, @dots{}, @var{nn} and then set
|
|
tabs at @var{nn}+@var{r1}, @var{nn}+@var{r2}, @dots{}, @var{nn}+@var{rn}
|
|
and then at @var{nn}+@var{rn}+@var{r1}, @var{nn}+@var{rn}+@var{r2},
|
|
@dots{}, @var{nn}+@var{rn}+@var{rn}, and so on.
|
|
|
|
Example: @samp{4c +6c T 3c 5c 2c} is equivalent to @samp{4c 10c 13c 18c
|
|
20c 23c 28c 30c @dots{}}.
|
|
|
|
The material in each tab column (i.e., the column between two tab stops)
|
|
may be justified to the right or left or centered in the column. This
|
|
is specified by appending @samp{R}, @samp{L}, or @samp{C} to the tab
|
|
specifier. The default justification is @samp{L}. Example:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ta 1i 2iC 2iR
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
Some notes:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
The default unit of the @code{ta} request is @samp{m}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
A tab stop is converted into a non-breakable horizontal movement which
|
|
can be neither stretched nor squeezed. For example,
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds foo a\tb\tc
|
|
.ta T 5i
|
|
\*[foo]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
creates a single line which is a bit longer than 10@w{ }inches (a string
|
|
is used to show exactly where the tab characters are). Now consider the
|
|
following:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds bar a\tb b\tc
|
|
.ta T 5i
|
|
\*[bar]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
@code{gtroff} first converts the tab stops of the line into unbreakable
|
|
horizontal movements, then splits the line after the second @samp{b}
|
|
(assuming a sufficiently short line length). Usually, this isn't what
|
|
the user wants.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Superfluous tabs (i.e., tab characters which do not correspond to a tab
|
|
stop) are ignored except the first one which delimits the characters
|
|
belonging to the last tab stop for right-justifying resp.@: centering.
|
|
Consider the following example
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds Z foo\tbar\tfoo
|
|
.ds ZZ foo\tbar\tfoobar
|
|
.ds ZZZ foo\tbar\tfoo\tbar
|
|
.ta 2i 4iR
|
|
\*[Z]
|
|
.br
|
|
\*[ZZ]
|
|
.br
|
|
\*[ZZZ]
|
|
.br
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
which produces the following output:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
foo bar foo
|
|
foo bar foobar
|
|
foo bar foobar
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
The first line right-justifies the second `foo' relative to the tab
|
|
stop. The second line right-justifies `foobar'. The third line finally
|
|
right-justifies only `foo' because of the additional tab character which
|
|
marks the end of the string belonging to the last defined tab stop.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Tab stops are associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Calling @code{ta} without an argument will unset all tab stops.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex tab stops, in nroff mode
|
|
The start-up value of @code{gtroff} is @w{@samp{T 0.5i}}. This value is
|
|
used even in nroff mode (contrary to @acronym{UNIX} @code{nroff} which
|
|
has tab stops preset every 0.8@dmn{i}).
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@vindex .tabs
|
|
@cindex current tab settings register
|
|
The number register @code{.tabs} contains a string representation of the
|
|
current tab settings suitable for use as an argument to the @code{ta}
|
|
request.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds tab-string \n[.tabs]
|
|
\*[tab-string]
|
|
@result{} T120u
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex tab repitition character
|
|
@cindex character, tab repitition
|
|
@Deffn{Request, tc, [@var{fill-char}]}
|
|
Normally @code{gtroff} will fill the space to the next tab stop with
|
|
space. This can be changed with the @code{tc} request. With no
|
|
argument @code{gtroff} will revert to using space, which is the default.
|
|
The value of this @dfn{tab repitition} character is associated with the
|
|
current environment (@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Leaders::
|
|
* Fields::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Leaders, Fields, Tabs and Fields, Tabs and Fields
|
|
@subsection Leaders
|
|
@cindex leaders
|
|
|
|
Sometimes it may may be desirable to use the @code{tc} request to fill a
|
|
particular tab stop with a given character (for example dots in a table
|
|
of contents), but also normal tab stops on the rest of the line. For
|
|
this @code{gtroff} provides an alternate tab mechanism, called
|
|
@dfn{leaders} which will do just that.
|
|
|
|
@cindex leader character
|
|
A leader character (character code@w{ }1) behaves similarly to a tab
|
|
character: It moves to the next tab stop. The only difference is that
|
|
for this movement, the fill character defaults to a period character and
|
|
not to space.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\a, }
|
|
This escape is a non-interpreted leader character. In copy mode
|
|
(@pxref{Copy-in Mode}), @code{\a} is the same as a real leader
|
|
character.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex leader repitition character
|
|
@cindex character, leader repitition
|
|
@Deffn{Request, lc, [@var{fill-char}]}
|
|
The character that will be repeated can be declared with the @code{lc}
|
|
request. Without an argument, leaders will act the same as tabs (i.e.,
|
|
using space for filling). @code{gtroff}'s start-up value is @samp{.}.
|
|
The value of this @dfn{leader repitition} character is associated with
|
|
the current environment (@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex table of contents
|
|
@cindex contents, table of
|
|
For a table of contents, to name an example, tab stops may be defined so
|
|
that the section number is one tab stop, the title is the second with
|
|
the remaining space being filled with a line of dots, and then the page
|
|
number slightly separated from the dots.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds entry 1.1\tFoo\a\t12
|
|
.lc .
|
|
.ta 1i 5i +.25i
|
|
\*[entry]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
This produces
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
1.1 Foo.......................................... 12
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Fields, , Leaders, Tabs and Fields
|
|
@subsection Fields
|
|
@cindex fields
|
|
|
|
@cindex field delimiting character
|
|
@cindex delimiting character for fields
|
|
@cindex character, field delimiting
|
|
@cindex field padding character
|
|
@cindex padding character for fields
|
|
@cindex character, field padding
|
|
@dfn{Fields} are a more general way of laying out tabular data. A field
|
|
is defined as the data between a pair of @dfn{delimiting characters}.
|
|
It contains substrings which are separated by @dfn{padding characters}.
|
|
The width of a field is the distance on the @emph{input} line from the
|
|
position where the field starts to the next tab stop. A padding
|
|
character inserts stretchable space similar to @TeX{}'s @code{\hss}
|
|
command (thus it can even be negative) to make the sum of all substring
|
|
lengths plus the stretchable space equal to the field width. If more
|
|
than one padding character is inserted, the available space is evenly
|
|
distributed among them.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, fc, [@var{delim-char} [@var{padding-char}]]}
|
|
Define a delimiting and a padding character for fields. If the latter
|
|
is missing, the padding character defaults to a space character. If
|
|
there is no argument at all, the field mechanism is disabled (which is
|
|
the default). Note that contrary to e.g.@: the tab repitition
|
|
character, delimiting and padding characters are not associated to the
|
|
current environment (@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.fc # ^
|
|
.ta T 3i
|
|
#foo^bar^smurf#
|
|
.br
|
|
#foo^^bar^smurf#
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
and here the result:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
foo bar smurf
|
|
foo bar smurf
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Character Translations, Troff and Nroff Mode, Tabs and Fields, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Character Translations
|
|
@cindex character translations
|
|
@cindex translations of characters
|
|
|
|
@findex .
|
|
@findex '
|
|
@cindex control character
|
|
@cindex character, control
|
|
@cindex no-break control character
|
|
@cindex character, no-break control
|
|
@cindex control character, no-break
|
|
The control character (@samp{.}) and the no-break control character
|
|
(@samp{'}) can be changed with the @code{cc} and @code{c2} requests,
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, cc, [@var{c}]}
|
|
Set the control character to @var{c}. With no argument the default
|
|
control character @samp{.} is restored. The value of the control
|
|
character is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, c2, [@var{c}]}
|
|
Set the no-break control character to @var{c}. With no argument the
|
|
default control character @samp{'} is restored. The value of the
|
|
no-break control character is associated with the current environment
|
|
(@pxref{Environments}).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@findex \
|
|
@Deffn{Request, eo, }
|
|
Disable the escape mechanism completely. After executing this request,
|
|
the backslash character @samp{\} no longer starts an escape sequence.
|
|
|
|
This request can be very helpful in writing macros since it is not
|
|
necessary then to double the escape character. Here an example:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.\" This is a simplified version of the
|
|
.\" .BR request from the man macro package
|
|
.eo
|
|
.de BR
|
|
. ds result \&
|
|
. while (\n[.$] >= 2) \@{\
|
|
. as result \fB\$1\fR\$2
|
|
. shift 2
|
|
. \@}
|
|
. if \n[.$] .as result \fB\$1
|
|
\*[result]
|
|
. ft R
|
|
..
|
|
.ec
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex escape character
|
|
@cindex character, escape
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ec, [@var{c}]}
|
|
Set the escape character to @var{c}. With no argument the default
|
|
escape character @samp{\} is restored. It can be also used to re-enable
|
|
the escape mechanism after an @code{eo} request.
|
|
|
|
Note that changing the escape character globally will likely break macro
|
|
packages since @code{gtroff} has no mechanism (like @TeX{}) to `intern'
|
|
macros, i.e., to convert a macro definition into an internal form which
|
|
is independent of its representation. If a macro is called, it will be
|
|
executed literally.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Escape, \\e, }
|
|
This escape sequence prints the current escape character (which is the
|
|
backslash character @samp{\} by default).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{translation} is a mapping of an input character to an output
|
|
character. The default mappings are given in the font definition files
|
|
for the specific output device (@pxref{Font Files}); all mappings (both
|
|
with @code{tr} and in the font definition files) occur at output time,
|
|
i.e., the input character gets assigned the metric information of the
|
|
mapped output character.
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, tr, @var{a}@var{b}@var{c}@var{d}@dots{}}
|
|
Translate character @var{a} to @var{b}, character @var{c} to @var{d},
|
|
etc. If there is an odd number of arguments, the last one will be
|
|
translated to the space character.
|
|
|
|
Some notes:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex \(
|
|
@findex \[
|
|
@findex \'
|
|
@findex \`
|
|
@findex \-
|
|
@findex \_
|
|
@findex \C
|
|
@findex \N
|
|
@findex char
|
|
@cindex special character
|
|
@cindex character, special
|
|
@cindex numbered character
|
|
@cindex character, numbered
|
|
Special characters (@code{\(@var{xx}}, @code{\[@var{xxx}]},
|
|
@code{\C'@var{xxx}'}, @code{\'}, @code{\`}, @code{\-}, @code{\_}),
|
|
characters defined with the @code{char} request, and numbered characters
|
|
(@code{\N'@var{xxx}'}) can be translated also.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex \e
|
|
The @code{\e} escape can be translated also.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex \%
|
|
Characters can be mapped onto the @code{\%} escape (but @code{\%} can't
|
|
be mapped onto another character).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex backspace character
|
|
@cindex character, backspace
|
|
@cindex leader character
|
|
@cindex character, leader
|
|
@cindex newline character
|
|
@cindex character, newline
|
|
@cindex tab character
|
|
@cindex character, tab
|
|
@findex \a
|
|
@findex \t
|
|
The following characters can't be translated: space (with one exception,
|
|
see below), backspace, newline, leader (and @code{\a}), tab (and
|
|
@code{\t}).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex shc
|
|
Translations are not considered for finding the soft hyphen character
|
|
set with the @code{shc} request.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex \&
|
|
The character pair @samp{@var{c}\&} (this is an arbitrary character@w{
|
|
}@var{c} followed by the zero width space character) will map this
|
|
character to nothing.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.tr a\&
|
|
foo bar
|
|
@result{} foo br
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
It is even possible to map the space character to nothing:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.tr aa \&
|
|
foo bar
|
|
@result{} foobar
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
As shown in the example, the space character can't be the first
|
|
character pair as an argument of @code{tr}. Additionally, it is not
|
|
possible to map the space character to any other character; requests
|
|
like @w{@samp{.tr aa x}} will undo @w{@samp{.tr aa \&}} instead.
|
|
|
|
If justification is active, lines will be justified inspite of the
|
|
`empty' space character (but there is no minimal distance, i.e.@: the
|
|
space character, between words).
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
After an output character has been constructed (this happens at the
|
|
moment immediately before the character is appended to an output
|
|
character list, either by direct output, in a macro, diversion, or
|
|
string), it is no longer affected by @code{tr}.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX xref
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
Without an argument, the @code{tr} request is ignored.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@findex \!@r{, and @code{trnt}}
|
|
@Deffn{Request, trnt, @var{a}@var{b}@var{c}@var{d}@dots{}}
|
|
@code{trnt} is the same as the @code{tr} request except that the
|
|
translations do not apply to text that is transparently throughput into
|
|
a diversion with @code{\!}. @xref{Diversions}, for more information.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.tr ab
|
|
.di x
|
|
\!.tm a
|
|
.di
|
|
.x
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will print @samp{b}; if @code{trnt} is used instead of @code{tr} it will
|
|
print @samp{a}.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Troff and Nroff Mode, Line Layout, Character Translations, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Troff and Nroff Mode
|
|
@cindex troff mode
|
|
@cindex mode, troff
|
|
@cindex nroff mode
|
|
@cindex mode, nroff
|
|
|
|
Originally, @code{nroff} and @code{troff} were two separate programs,
|
|
the former for tty output, the latter for everything else. With GNU
|
|
@code{troff}, both programs are merged into one executable.
|
|
|
|
Usually, a macro package can be used with both @code{nroff} and
|
|
@code{troff}. Nevertheless, it is sometimes necessary to make a
|
|
distinction between the two programs (resp.@: modes), and @code{gtroff}
|
|
provides two built-in conditions @samp{n} and @samp{t} for the
|
|
@code{if}, @code{ie}, and @code{while} requests to decide whether
|
|
@code{gtroff} shall behave like @code{nroff} or like @code{troff}.
|
|
|
|
@pindex troffrc
|
|
@pindex troffrc-end
|
|
@Deffn{Request, troff, }
|
|
Make the @samp{t} built-in condition true (and the @samp{n} built-in
|
|
condition false) for @code{if}, @code{ie}, and @code{while} conditional
|
|
requests. This is the default if @code{gtroff} (@emph{not}
|
|
@code{groff}) is started with the @option{-R} switch to avoid loading of
|
|
the start-up files @file{troffrc} and @file{troffrc-end}. Without
|
|
@option{-R}, @code{gtroff} stays in troff mode if the output device is
|
|
not a tty (e.g.@: `ps').
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@pindex tmac.tty
|
|
@Deffn{Request, nroff, }
|
|
Make the @samp{n} built-in condition true (and the @samp{t} built-in
|
|
condition false) for @code{if}, @code{ie}, and @code{while} conditional
|
|
requests. This is the default if @code{gtroff} uses a tty output
|
|
device; the code for switching to nroff mode is in the file
|
|
@file{tmac.tty} which will be loaded by the start-up file
|
|
@code{troffrc}.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@xref{Conditionals and Loops}, for more details on built-in conditions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Line Layout, Page Layout, Troff and Nroff Mode, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Line Layout
|
|
@cindex line layout
|
|
@cindex layout, line
|
|
|
|
@cindex dimensions, line
|
|
@cindex line dimensions
|
|
The following drawing shows the dimensions which @code{gtroff} uses for
|
|
placing a line of output onto the page. They are labeled with the
|
|
request which manipulates each dimension.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
@group
|
|
-->| in |<--
|
|
|<-----------ll------------>|
|
|
+----+----+----------------------+----+
|
|
| : : : |
|
|
+----+----+----------------------+----+
|
|
-->| po |<--
|
|
|<--------paper width---------------->|
|
|
@end group
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
These dimensions are:
|
|
|
|
@ftable @code
|
|
@item po
|
|
@cindex left margin
|
|
@cindex margin, left
|
|
@cindex page offset
|
|
@cindex offset, page
|
|
@dfn{Page offset} -- this is the leftmost position of text on the final
|
|
output, defining the @dfn{left margin}.
|
|
|
|
@item in
|
|
@cindex indentation
|
|
@cindex line indentation
|
|
@dfn{Indentation} -- this is the distance from the left margin where
|
|
text will be printed.
|
|
|
|
@item ll
|
|
@cindex line length
|
|
@cindex length of line
|
|
@dfn{Line length} -- this is the distance from the left margin to right
|
|
margin.
|
|
@end ftable
|
|
|
|
@c XXX improve example
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.in +.5i
|
|
.ll -.5i
|
|
A bunch of really boring text which should
|
|
be indented from both margins.
|
|
Replace me with a better (and more) example!
|
|
.in -.5i
|
|
.ll +.5i
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@cindex troff mode
|
|
@cindex mode, troff
|
|
@cindex nroff mode
|
|
@cindex mode, nroff
|
|
@Deffn{Request, po, [@var{offset}]}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, po, +offset}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, po, -offset}
|
|
Set horizontal page offset to @var{offset} (resp.@: increment or
|
|
decrement the current value by @var{offset}). Note that this request
|
|
does not cause a break, so changing the page offset in the middle of
|
|
text being filled may not yield the expected result. The initial value
|
|
is 1@dmn{i} if in troff mode, and 0 if in nroff mode (@pxref{Troff and
|
|
Nroff Mode}); the default scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{m} (and not@w{
|
|
}@code{v} as incorrectly documented in the original @acronym{UNIX} troff
|
|
manual).
|
|
|
|
@vindex .o
|
|
The current page offset can be found in the built-in number register
|
|
@samp{.o}.
|
|
|
|
If @code{po} is called without an argument, the page offset is reset to
|
|
the previous value before the last call to @code{po}.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.po 3i
|
|
\n[.o]
|
|
@result{} 720
|
|
.po -1i
|
|
\n[.o]
|
|
@result{} 480
|
|
.po
|
|
\n[.o]
|
|
@result{} 720
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, in, [@var{indent}]}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, in, +indent}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, in, -indent}
|
|
Set indentation to @var{indent} (resp.@: increment or decrement the
|
|
current value by @var{indent}). This request causes a break.
|
|
Initially, there is no indentation.
|
|
|
|
If @code{in} is called without an argument, the indentation is reset to
|
|
the previous value before the last call to @code{in}. The default
|
|
scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{m}.
|
|
|
|
The indentation is associated with the current environment.
|
|
|
|
If a negative indentation value is specified (which is not allowed),
|
|
@code{gtroff} emits a warning of type @samp{range} and sets the
|
|
indentation to zero.
|
|
|
|
The effect of @code{in} is delayed until a partially collected line (if
|
|
it exists) is output.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .i
|
|
The current indentation (as set by @code{in}) can be found in the
|
|
built-in number register @samp{.i}.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ti, offset}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, ti, +offset}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, ti, -offset}
|
|
Temporarily indent the next output line by @var{offset}. If an
|
|
increment or decrement value is specified, adjust the temporary
|
|
indentation relative to the value set by the @code{in} request.
|
|
|
|
This request causes a break; its value is associated with the current
|
|
environment. The default scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{m}. A call of
|
|
@code{ti} without an argument is ignored.
|
|
|
|
If the total indentation value is negative (which is not allowed),
|
|
@code{gtroff} emits a warning of type @samp{range} and sets the
|
|
temporary indentation to zero. `Total indentation' is either
|
|
@var{offset} if specified as an absolute value, or the temporary plus
|
|
normal indentation, if @var{offset} is given as a relative value.
|
|
|
|
The effect of @code{ti} is delayed until a partially collected line (if
|
|
it exists) is output.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .in
|
|
The number register @code{.in} is the indentation that applies to the
|
|
current output line.
|
|
|
|
The difference between @code{.i} and @code{.in} is that the latter takes
|
|
into account whether a partially collected line still uses the old
|
|
indentation value resp.@: a temporary indentation value is active.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@Deffn{Request, ll, [@var{length}]}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, ll, +length}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, ll, -length}
|
|
Set the line length to @var{length} (resp.@: increment or decrement the
|
|
current value by @var{length}). Initially, the line length is set to
|
|
6.5@dmn{i}. The effect of @code{ll} is delayed until a partially
|
|
collected line (if it exists) is output. The default scaling indicator
|
|
is@w{ }@code{m}.
|
|
|
|
If @code{ll} is called without an argument, the line length is reset to
|
|
the previous value before the last call to @code{ll}. If a negative
|
|
line length is specified (which is not allowed), @code{gtroff} emits a
|
|
warning of type @samp{range} and sets the line length to zero.
|
|
|
|
The line length is associated with the current environment.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .l
|
|
@vindex .ll
|
|
@cindex current line length register
|
|
The current line length (as set by @code{ll}) can be found in the
|
|
built-in number register @code{.l}. The number register @code{.ll} is
|
|
the line length that applies to the current output line.
|
|
|
|
Similar to @code{.i} and @code{.in}, the difference between @code{.l}
|
|
and @code{.ll} is that the latter takes into account whether a partially
|
|
collected line still uses the old line length value.
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Page Layout, Page Control, Line Layout, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Page Layout
|
|
@cindex page layout
|
|
@cindex layout, page
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} provides some very primitive operations for controlling
|
|
page layout.
|
|
|
|
@cindex page length
|
|
@cindex length of page
|
|
@Deffn{Request, pl, [@var{length}]}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, pl, +length}
|
|
@Deffnx{Request, pl, -length}
|
|
Set the @dfn{page length} to @var{length} (resp.@: increment or
|
|
decrement the current value by @var{length}). This is the length of the
|
|
physical output page. The default scaling indicator is@w{ }@code{v}.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .p
|
|
@cindex current page length register
|
|
The current setting can be found in the built-in number register
|
|
@samp{.p}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex top margin
|
|
@cindex margin, top
|
|
@cindex bottom margin
|
|
@cindex margin, bottom
|
|
Note that this only specifies the size of the page, not the top and
|
|
bottom margins. Those are not set by groff directly. @xref{Traps}, for
|
|
further information on how to do this.
|
|
|
|
Negative @code{pl} values are possible also, but not very useful: No
|
|
trap is sprung, and each line is output on a single page (thus
|
|
suppressing all vertical spacing).
|
|
@end_Deffn
|
|
|
|
@cindex headers
|
|
@cindex footers
|
|
@cindex titles
|
|
@code{gtroff} provides several operations which help in setting up top
|
|
and bottom titles (or headers and footers).
|
|
|
|
@cindex title line
|
|
@cindex three-part title
|
|
@findex tl
|
|
@vindex %
|
|
The @code{tl} request will print a @dfn{title line}, which consists of
|
|
three parts: a left justified portion, a centered portion and a right
|
|
justified portion. The argument to @code{tl} is specified as
|
|
@code{'@var{left}'@var{center}'@var{right}'}. The @samp{%} character is
|
|
replaced with the current page number. This character can be changed
|
|
with the @code{pc} request (see below).
|
|
|
|
@cindex length of title line
|
|
@cindex title line, length
|
|
@findex lt
|
|
@vindex .lt
|
|
@cindex current title line length register
|
|
The title line is printed using its own line length, which is specified
|
|
with the @code{lt} request. The current setting of this is available in
|
|
the @code{.lt} number register.
|
|
|
|
@cindex page number
|
|
@cindex number, page
|
|
@findex pn
|
|
The @code{pn} request will change the page number of the @emph{next}
|
|
page. The only argument is the page number.
|
|
|
|
@vindex %
|
|
@vindex .pn
|
|
@cindex current page number register
|
|
The current page number is stored in the number register @code{%}. The
|
|
number register @code{.pn} contains the number of the next page: either
|
|
the value set by a @code{pn} request, or the number of the current page
|
|
plus@w{ }1.
|
|
|
|
@cindex changing the page number character
|
|
@cindex page number character, changing
|
|
@findex pc
|
|
The @code{pc} request will change the page number character (used by the
|
|
@code{tl} request) to a different character. With no argument, this
|
|
mechanism is disabled.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Traps}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Page Control, Fonts, Page Layout, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Page Control
|
|
@cindex page control
|
|
@cindex control, page
|
|
|
|
@findex bp
|
|
@findex pn
|
|
@cindex new page
|
|
To stop processing the current page, and move to the next page, invoke
|
|
the @code{bp} request. This request will also cause a break. It can
|
|
also take an argument of what the next page should be numbered. The
|
|
only difference between @code{bp} and @code{pn} is that @code{pn} does
|
|
not cause a break or actually eject a page.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.de newpage
|
|
'bp
|
|
'sp .5i
|
|
.tl 'left top'center top'right top'
|
|
'sp .3i
|
|
..
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@cindex orphan
|
|
@findex ne
|
|
It is often necessary to force a certain amount of space before a new
|
|
page occurs. This is most useful to make sure that there is not a
|
|
single @dfn{orphan} line left at the bottom of a page. The @code{ne}
|
|
request will ensure that there is a certain distance, specified by the
|
|
first argument, before the next page is triggered (see @ref{Traps}, for
|
|
further information). The default unit for @code{ne} is @code{v} and
|
|
the default argument is@w{ }1@dmn{v}.
|
|
|
|
For example, to make sure that no fewer than 2@w{ }lines get orphaned,
|
|
do the following before each paragraph:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ne 2
|
|
.ti +5n
|
|
text
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex sv
|
|
@findex os
|
|
@findex ne
|
|
@code{sv} is similar to the @code{ne} request; it reserves the specified
|
|
amount of vertical space. If the desired amount of space exists before
|
|
the next trap (bottom page boundary), the space will be output
|
|
immediately. If there is not enough space, it is stored for later
|
|
output via the @code{os} request. The default argument is@w{ }1@dmn{v}
|
|
and the default unit is @code{v}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Fonts, Sizes, Page Control, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Fonts
|
|
@cindex fonts
|
|
|
|
@findex ft
|
|
@findex \f
|
|
@code{gtroff} has the ability to switch fonts at any point in the text.
|
|
There are two ways to do this, via the @code{ft} request and the
|
|
@code{\f} escape.
|
|
|
|
Fonts are generally specified as upper-case strings, which are usually
|
|
1@w{ }to 4 characters representing an abbreviation or acronym of the font
|
|
name.
|
|
|
|
The basic set of fonts are @samp{R}, @samp{I}, @samp{B}, and @samp{BI}.
|
|
These are Times Roman, Italic, Bold, and Bold Italic. There is also at
|
|
least one symbol font which contains various special symbols (Greek,
|
|
mathematics). Such symbols fonts cannot be used directly, but should be
|
|
used via an escape.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Changing Fonts::
|
|
* Font Families::
|
|
* Font Positions::
|
|
* Using Symbols::
|
|
* Artificial Fonts::
|
|
* Ligatures and Kerning::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Changing Fonts, Font Families, Fonts, Fonts
|
|
@subsection Changing Fonts
|
|
@cindex changing fonts
|
|
@cindex fonts, changing
|
|
|
|
@findex ft
|
|
@cindex previous font
|
|
@cindex font, previous
|
|
Font changes can be done either with the @code{ft} request or the
|
|
@code{\f} request. With no arguments, it will switch to the previous
|
|
font (also known as @samp{P}).
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
eggs, bacon,
|
|
.ft B
|
|
spam
|
|
.ft
|
|
and sausage.
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \f
|
|
The @code{\f} escape is useful for changing fonts in the middle of
|
|
words:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
eggs, bacon, \fBspam\fP and sausage.
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Both of the above examples will produce the same output. Note the usage
|
|
of @samp{P} to indicate the previous font -- using @code{\f} it is not
|
|
possible to omit this parameter.
|
|
|
|
Sometimes, when putting letters of different fonts, more or less space at
|
|
such boundaries are needed. There are two escapes to help with this.
|
|
|
|
@findex \/
|
|
@cindex italic correction
|
|
@cindex correction, italic
|
|
The @code{\/} escape increases the width of the preceding character so
|
|
that the spacing between that character and the following character will
|
|
be correct if the following character is a Roman character. For
|
|
example, if an italic@w{ }f is immediately followed by a Roman right
|
|
parenthesis, then in many fonts the top right portion of the f will
|
|
overlap the top left of the right parenthesis. It is a good idea to use
|
|
this escape sequence whenever an italic character is immediately
|
|
followed by a Roman character without any intervening space. This small
|
|
amount of space is also called @dfn{italic correction}.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
@c producing @i{f}), which is ugly. Inserting \/ produces f) and avoids
|
|
@c this problem.
|
|
|
|
@findex \,
|
|
@cindex left italic correction
|
|
@cindex correction, left italic
|
|
The @code{\,} escape modifies the spacing of the following character so
|
|
that the spacing between that character and the preceding character will
|
|
be correct if the preceding character is a Roman character. It is a
|
|
good idea to use this escape sequence whenever a Roman character is
|
|
immediately followed by an italic character without any intervening
|
|
space. In analogy to above, this space could be called @dfn{left italic
|
|
correction}, but this term isn't used widely.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
@c For example, inserting \, between the parenthesis and the f changes
|
|
@c (f to (f.
|
|
|
|
@findex ftr
|
|
@findex ft
|
|
@findex ul
|
|
@findex bd
|
|
@findex \f
|
|
@findex cs
|
|
@findex tkf
|
|
@findex special
|
|
@findex fspecial
|
|
@findex fp
|
|
@findex code
|
|
The @code{ftr} request will translate fonts; its syntax is
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ftr @var{F} @var{G}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
which translates font@w{ }@var{F} to font@w{ }@var{G}. Whenever a font
|
|
named @var{F} is referred to in a @code{\f} escape sequence, or in the
|
|
@code{ft}, @code{ul}, @code{bd}, @code{cs}, @code{tkf}, @code{special},
|
|
@code{fspecial}, @code{fp}, or @code{code} requests, font@w{ }@var{G}
|
|
will be used. If @var{G} is missing, or equal to @var{F} then font@w{
|
|
}@var{F} will not be translated.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Font Families, Font Positions, Changing Fonts, Fonts
|
|
@subsection Font Families
|
|
@cindex font families
|
|
@cindex families, font
|
|
|
|
Due to the variety of fonts available, @code{gtroff} has added the
|
|
concept of font families. Each of these families has four styles
|
|
(@samp{R}, @samp{I}, @samp{B} and @samp{BI}).
|
|
|
|
The fonts are specified as the concatenation of the font family and
|
|
style. Specifying a font without the family part will cause
|
|
@code{gtroff} to use that style of the current family. By default,
|
|
@code{gtroff} uses the Times family.
|
|
|
|
This way, it is possible to use the basic four fonts and to select a
|
|
different font family on the command line.
|
|
|
|
@findex fam
|
|
@vindex .fam
|
|
Font families can be switched with the @code{fam} request. The current
|
|
font family is available in the number register @code{.fam}. This is a
|
|
string-valued register.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
spam,
|
|
.fam H
|
|
spam,
|
|
.ft B
|
|
spam,
|
|
.fam T
|
|
spam,
|
|
.ft AR
|
|
baked beans,
|
|
.ft R
|
|
and spam.
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Font Positions, Using Symbols, Font Families, Fonts
|
|
@subsection Font Positions
|
|
@cindex font positions
|
|
@cindex positions, font
|
|
|
|
For the sake of old phototypesetters and compatability with old versions
|
|
of @code{troff}, @code{gtroff} has the concept of font @dfn{positions},
|
|
on which various fonts are mounted. The last one or two are reserved
|
|
for the symbol font(s).
|
|
|
|
@findex fp
|
|
New fonts can be mounted with the @code{fp} request. These numeric
|
|
positions can then be referred to with font changing commands. When
|
|
@code{gtroff} starts it is using font number one.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.fp 1 H
|
|
.fp 2 HI
|
|
.fp 3 HB
|
|
wink, wink,
|
|
.ft 2
|
|
nudge, nudge,
|
|
.ft
|
|
.ft 3
|
|
say no more!
|
|
.ft
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Note that after these font changes have taken place, the original font
|
|
is restored.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .f
|
|
@cindex current font position register
|
|
The current font in use, as a font position, is available in number
|
|
register @code{.f}. This can be useful to remember the current font,
|
|
for later recall.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr save-font \n(.f
|
|
... lots 'o text ...
|
|
.ft \n[save-font]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@vindex .fp
|
|
@cindex next free font position register
|
|
The number of the next free font position is available in the number
|
|
register @code{.fp}. This is useful when mounting a new font, like so:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.fp \n[.fp] NEATOFONT
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@pindex DESC@r{, and font mounting}
|
|
Fonts not listed in the @file{DESC} file are automatically mounted on
|
|
the next available font position when they are referenced. If a font is
|
|
to be mounted explicitly with the @code{fp} request on an unused font
|
|
position, it should be mounted on the first unused font position, which
|
|
can be found in the @code{.fp} register. Although @code{gtroff} does
|
|
not enforce this strictly, it will not allow a font to be mounted at a
|
|
position whose number is much greater than that of any currently used
|
|
position.
|
|
|
|
@findex fp
|
|
The @code{fp} request has an optional third argument. This argument
|
|
gives the external name of the font, which is used for finding the font
|
|
description file. The second argument gives the internal name of the
|
|
font which is used to refer to the font in @code{gtroff} after it has
|
|
been mounted. If there is no third argument then the internal name will
|
|
be used as the external name. This feature make it possible to use
|
|
fonts with long names in compatibility mode.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Using Symbols, Artificial Fonts, Font Positions, Fonts
|
|
@subsection Using Symbols
|
|
@cindex using symbols
|
|
@cindex symbols, using
|
|
|
|
@findex \(
|
|
@findex \[
|
|
Symbols can be inserted by using a special escape sequence. This escape
|
|
is simply the escape character (usually a backslash) followed by an
|
|
identifier. The symbol identifiers have to be two or more characters,
|
|
since single characters conflict with all the other escapes. The
|
|
identifier can be either preceded by a parenthesis if it is two
|
|
characters long, or surrounded by square brackets. So, the symbol for
|
|
the mathematical Greek letter `pi' can be produced either by @code{\(*p}
|
|
or @code{\[*p]}.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
area = \(*p\fIr\fP\u2\d
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \C
|
|
The escape @code{\C'@var{xxx}'} will typeset the character named
|
|
@var{xxx}. Normally it is more convenient to use @code{\[@var{xxx}]}.
|
|
But @code{\C} has the advantage that it is compatible with recent
|
|
versions of @code{ditroff} and is available in compatibility mode.
|
|
|
|
@findex \N
|
|
@findex char
|
|
The escape @code{\N'@var{n}'} will typeset the character with code@w{
|
|
}@var{n} in the current font. @var{n} can be any integer. Most devices
|
|
only have characters with codes between 0 and@w{ }255. If the current
|
|
font does not contain a character with that code, special fonts will
|
|
@emph{not} be searched. The @code{\N} escape sequence can be
|
|
conveniently used on conjunction with the @code{char} request:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.char \[phone] \f(ZD\N'37'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
@pindex DESC
|
|
@cindex unnamed characters
|
|
@cindex characters, unnamed
|
|
The code of each character is given in the fourth column in the font
|
|
description file after the charset command. It is possible to include
|
|
unnamed characters in the font description file by using a name of
|
|
@samp{---}; the @code{\N} escape sequence is the only way to use these.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX should be `glyph', not `character'
|
|
|
|
@findex cflags
|
|
@cindex character properties
|
|
@cindex properties of characters
|
|
Each character has certain properties associated with it. These
|
|
properties can be modified with the @code{cflags} request. The first
|
|
argument is the the sum of the desired flags and the remaining arguments
|
|
are the characters to have those properties.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item 1
|
|
@cindex end of sentence characters
|
|
@cindex characters, end of sentence
|
|
the character ends sentences (initially characters @samp{.?!} have this
|
|
property)
|
|
|
|
@item 2
|
|
@cindex hyphenating characters
|
|
@cindex characters, hyphenation
|
|
lines can be broken before the character (initially no characters have
|
|
this property)
|
|
|
|
@item 4
|
|
@glindex hy
|
|
@glindex em
|
|
lines can be broken after the character (initially the characters
|
|
@samp{-\(hy\(em} have this property)
|
|
|
|
@item 8
|
|
@cindex overlapping characters
|
|
@cindex characters, overlapping
|
|
@glindex ul
|
|
@glindex rn
|
|
@glindex ru
|
|
the character overlaps horizontally (initially the characters
|
|
@samp{\(ul\(rn\(ru} have this property)
|
|
|
|
@item 16
|
|
@glindex br
|
|
the character overlaps vertically (initially character @samp{\(br} has
|
|
this property)
|
|
|
|
@item 32
|
|
@cindex transparent characters
|
|
@cindex character, transparent
|
|
@cindex '
|
|
@cindex "
|
|
@cindex ]
|
|
@cindex )
|
|
@cindex *
|
|
@glindex dg
|
|
@glindex rq
|
|
an end of sentence character followed by any number of characters with
|
|
this property will be treated as the end of a sentence if followed by a
|
|
newline or two spaces; in other words the character is @dfn{transparent}
|
|
for the purposes of end of sentence recognition -- this is the same as
|
|
having a zero space factor in @TeX{} (initially characters
|
|
@samp{"')]*\(dg\(rq} have this property).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@findex char
|
|
@cindex defining characters
|
|
@cindex characters, defining
|
|
@cindex creating new characters
|
|
New characters can be created with the @code{char} request. It is
|
|
called as
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.char @var{c} @var{string}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex tr
|
|
@findex lc
|
|
@findex \l
|
|
@findex \L
|
|
@findex hcode
|
|
@noindent
|
|
This defines character@w{ }@var{c} to be @var{string}. Every time
|
|
character@w{ }@var{c} needs to be printed, @var{string} will be
|
|
processed in a temporary environment and the result will be wrapped up
|
|
into a single object. Compatibility mode will be turned off and the
|
|
escape character will be set to @samp{\} while @var{string} is being
|
|
processed. Any emboldening, constant spacing or track kerning will be
|
|
applied to this object rather than to individual characters in
|
|
@var{string}. A character defined by this request can be used just like
|
|
a normal character provided by the output device. In particular other
|
|
characters can be translated to it with the @code{tr} request; it can be
|
|
made the leader character by the @code{lc} request; repeated patterns
|
|
can be drawn with the character using the @code{\l} and @code{\L} escape
|
|
sequences; words containing the character can be hyphenated correctly,
|
|
if the @code{hcode} request is used to give the character a hyphenation
|
|
code. There is a special anti-recursion feature: use of character
|
|
within the character's definition will be handled like normal characters
|
|
not defined with @code{char}.
|
|
|
|
@findex rchar
|
|
@cindex removing character definition
|
|
@cindex character, removing definition
|
|
A character definition can be removed with the @code{rchar} request.
|
|
Its arguments are the characters to be removed. This undoes the effect
|
|
of a @code{char} request.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Special Characters}.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Artificial Fonts, Ligatures and Kerning, Using Symbols, Fonts
|
|
@subsection Artificial Fonts
|
|
@cindex artificial fonts
|
|
@cindex fonts, artificial
|
|
|
|
There are a number of requests for artificially creating fonts. These
|
|
are largely vestigial remains from the days when output devices did not
|
|
have a wide variety of fonts, and when @code{nroff} and @code{troff}
|
|
were separate programs. These are no longer necessary in GNU
|
|
@code{troff}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ul
|
|
@cindex underlining
|
|
The @code{ul} request will print subsequent lines in italics on a device
|
|
capable of it, or underline the text on a character output device. The
|
|
single argument is the number of lines to be ``underlined,'' with no
|
|
argument, the next line will be underlined.
|
|
|
|
@findex cu
|
|
@cindex continuous underlining
|
|
@cindex underlining, continuous
|
|
The @code{cu} request is similar to @code{ul} ...
|
|
|
|
@c XXX more info
|
|
|
|
@findex uf
|
|
@cindex underline font
|
|
@cindex font for underlining
|
|
The @code{uf} request will set the underline font used by @code{ul} and
|
|
@code{cu}.
|
|
|
|
@findex bd
|
|
@cindex imitating bold face
|
|
@cindex bold face, imitating
|
|
The @code{bd} request artificially creates a bold font by printing each
|
|
character twice, slightly offset. The first argument specifies the font
|
|
to embolden, and the second is the number of basic units, minus one, by
|
|
which the two characters will be offset. If the second argument is
|
|
missing, emboldening will be turned off.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Ligatures and Kerning, , Artificial Fonts, Fonts
|
|
@subsection Ligatures and Kerning
|
|
@cindex ligatures and kerning
|
|
@cindex kerning and ligatures
|
|
|
|
@c XXX What are ligatures?
|
|
|
|
@c XXX more info
|
|
|
|
@findex lg
|
|
@vindex .lg
|
|
@cindex ligatures enabled register
|
|
The ligature mechanism can be switched on or off with the @code{lg}
|
|
request; if the parameter is non-zero or missing, ligatures are enabled,
|
|
otherwise disabled. Default is on. The current ligature mode can be
|
|
found in the number register @code{.lg} (set to@w{ }1 if ligatures are
|
|
enabled, 0@w{ }otherwise).
|
|
|
|
@c XXX What is kerning?
|
|
|
|
@c XXX more info
|
|
|
|
@cindex zero width space character
|
|
@cindex character, zero width space
|
|
@cindex space character, zero width
|
|
If the font description file contains pairwise kerning information,
|
|
characters from that font will be kerned. Kerning between two
|
|
characters can be inhibited by placing @code{\&} between them.
|
|
|
|
@findex kern
|
|
@vindex .kern
|
|
@cindex kerning enabled register
|
|
Kerning can be activated with the @code{kern} request. If the parameter
|
|
is non-zero or missing, enable pairwise kerning, otherwise disable it.
|
|
The number register @code{.kern} is set to@w{ }1 if pairwise kerning is
|
|
enabled, 0@w{ }otherwise.
|
|
|
|
@findex tkf
|
|
@cindex track kerning
|
|
@cindex kerning, track
|
|
|
|
@c XXX What is track kerning?
|
|
|
|
@c XXX more info
|
|
|
|
Track kerning must be used with great care since it is usually
|
|
considered bad typography if the reader notices the effect. The syntax
|
|
of the @code{tkf} request is like this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.tkf @var{f} @var{s1} @var{n1} @var{s2} @var{n2}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Enable track kerning for font@w{ }@var{f}. If the current font is@w{
|
|
}@var{f} the width of every character will be increased by an amount
|
|
between @var{n1} and @var{n2}; if the current point size is less than or
|
|
equal to @var{s1} the width will be increased by @var{n1}; if it is
|
|
greater than or equal to @var{s2} the width will be increased by
|
|
@var{n2}; if the point size is greater than or equal to @var{s1} and
|
|
less than or equal to @var{s2} the increase in width is a linear
|
|
function of the point size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Sizes, Strings, Fonts, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Sizes
|
|
@cindex sizes
|
|
|
|
@cindex baseline
|
|
@cindex type size
|
|
@cindex size of type
|
|
@cindex vertical spacing
|
|
@cindex spacing, vertical
|
|
@code{gtroff} uses two dimensions with each line of text, type size and
|
|
vertical spacing. The @dfn{type size} is the height from the text
|
|
@dfn{baseline} to the top of the tallest character (descenders may drop
|
|
below this baseline). @dfn{Vertical spacing} is the amount of space
|
|
@code{gtroff} allows for a line of text; normally, this is about 20%@w{
|
|
}larger than the current type size. Ratios smaller than this can result
|
|
in hard-to-read text; larger that this, it will spread the text out more
|
|
vertically (useful for term papers). By default, @code{gtroff} uses
|
|
10@w{ }point type on 12@w{ }point spacing.
|
|
|
|
@cindex leading
|
|
The difference between type size and vertical spacing is known, by
|
|
typesetters, as @dfn{leading}.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Changing Type Sizes::
|
|
* Fractional Type Sizes::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Changing Type Sizes, Fractional Type Sizes, Sizes, Sizes
|
|
@subsection Changing Type Sizes
|
|
@cindex changing type sizes
|
|
@cindex type sizes, changing
|
|
|
|
@findex ps
|
|
@findex vs
|
|
@findex \s
|
|
@vindex .s
|
|
@vindex .v
|
|
@cindex current type size register
|
|
@cindex current vertical spacing register
|
|
Using the @code{ps} request and the @code{\s} escape the type size can
|
|
be changed. The @code{vs} request will change the vertical spacing.
|
|
The default unit for the @code{ps} and @code{vs} requests are points.
|
|
The number registers @code{.s} and @code{.v} contain the current type
|
|
size and vertical spacing.
|
|
|
|
These requests take parameters in units of points. It is possible to
|
|
specify sizes as an absolute size, or as a relative change from the
|
|
current size. The size@w{ }0 means go back to the previous size. With
|
|
no argument it will also revert to the previous size.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
snap, snap,
|
|
.ps +2
|
|
grin, grin,
|
|
.ps +2
|
|
wink, wink, \s+2nudge, nudge,\s+8 say no more!
|
|
.ps 10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The @code{\s} escape may be called in a variety of ways. Much like
|
|
other escapes there must be a way to determine where the argument ends
|
|
and the text begins. Any of the following forms are valid:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item \s@var{n}
|
|
Set the point size to @var{n}@w{ }points. @var{n}@w{ }must be either 0
|
|
or in the range 4 to@w{ }39.
|
|
|
|
@item \s+@var{n}
|
|
@itemx \s-@var{n}
|
|
Increase resp.@: decrease the point size by @var{n}@w{ }points.
|
|
@var{n}@w{ }must be exactly one digit.
|
|
|
|
@item \s(@var{nn}
|
|
Set the point size to @var{nn}@w{ }points. @var{nn} must be exactly two
|
|
digits.
|
|
|
|
@item \s+(@var{nn}
|
|
@itemx \s-(@var{nn}
|
|
@itemx \s(+@var{nn}
|
|
@itemx \s(-@var{nn}
|
|
Increase resp.@: decrease the point size by @var{nn}@w{ }points.
|
|
@var{nn} must be exactly two digits.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@xref{Fractional Type Sizes}, for yet another syntactical form of using
|
|
the @code{\s} escape.
|
|
|
|
Some devices may only have certain permissible sizes, in which case
|
|
@code{gtroff} will round to the nearest permissible size.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... .sz macro example?? ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Fractional Type Sizes, , Changing Type Sizes, Sizes
|
|
@subsection Fractional Type Sizes
|
|
@cindex fractional type sizes
|
|
@cindex type sizes, fractional
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{s} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{s}
|
|
@cindex @code{z} unit
|
|
@cindex unit, @code{z}
|
|
@findex ps
|
|
@findex cs
|
|
@findex tkf
|
|
@findex \H
|
|
@findex \s
|
|
A @dfn{scaled point} is equal to 1/@var{sizescale} points, where
|
|
@var{sizescale} is specified in the @file{DESC} file (1@w{ }by default.)
|
|
There is a new scale indicator @samp{z} which has the effect of
|
|
multiplying by @var{sizescale}. Requests and escape sequences in
|
|
@code{gtroff} interpret arguments that represent a point size as being
|
|
in units of scaled points, but they evaluate each such argument using a
|
|
default scale indicator of @samp{z}. Arguments treated in this way are
|
|
the argument to the @code{ps} request, the third argument to the
|
|
@code{cs} request, the second and fourth arguments to the @code{tkf}
|
|
request, the argument to the @code{\H} escape sequence, and those
|
|
variants of the @code{\s} escape sequence that take a numeric expression
|
|
as their argument (see below).
|
|
|
|
For example, suppose @var{sizescale} is@w{ }1000; then a scaled point
|
|
will be equivalent to a millipoint; the request @w{@samp{.ps 10.25}} is
|
|
equivalent to @w{@samp{.ps 10.25z}} and thus sets the point size to
|
|
10250@w{ }scaled points, which is equal to 10.25@w{ }points.
|
|
|
|
It would make no sense to use the @samp{z} scale indicator in a numeric
|
|
expression whose default scale indicator was neither @samp{u} nor
|
|
@samp{z}, and so @code{gtroff} disallows this. Similarly it would make
|
|
no sense to use a scaling indicator other than @samp{z} or @samp{u} in a
|
|
numeric expression whose default scale indicator was @samp{z}, and so
|
|
@code{gtroff} disallows this as well.
|
|
|
|
There is also new scale indicator @samp{s} which multiplies by the
|
|
number of units in a scaled point. So, for example, @samp{\n[.ps]s} is
|
|
equal to @samp{1m}. Be sure not to confuse the @samp{s} and @samp{z}
|
|
scale indicators.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .s
|
|
@vindex .ps
|
|
The number register @code{.s} returns the point size in points as decimal
|
|
fraction. There is also a new number register @code{.ps} that returns
|
|
the point size in scaled points.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .psr
|
|
@vindex .sr
|
|
@cindex last-requested point size register
|
|
The last-requested point size in scaled points is contained in the
|
|
@code{.psr} number register. The last requested point size in points as
|
|
a decimal fraction can be found in @code{.sr}. This is a string-valued
|
|
register.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item \s[@var{n}]
|
|
@itemx \s'@var{n}'
|
|
Set the point size to @var{n} scaled points; @var{n}@w{ }is a numeric
|
|
expression with a default scale indicator of @samp{z}.
|
|
|
|
@item \s[+@var{n}]
|
|
@itemx \s[-@var{n}]
|
|
@itemx \s+[@var{n}]
|
|
@itemx \s-[@var{n}]
|
|
@itemx \s'+@var{n}'
|
|
@itemx \s'-@var{n}'
|
|
@itemx \s+'@var{n}'
|
|
@itemx \s-'@var{n}'
|
|
Increase or resp.@: decrease the point size by @var{n} scaled points;
|
|
@var{n} is a numeric expression with a default scale indicator of
|
|
@samp{z}.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@xref{Font Files}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Strings, Conditionals and Loops, Sizes, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Strings
|
|
@cindex strings
|
|
|
|
@findex ds
|
|
@code{gtroff} has string variables, which are entirely for user
|
|
convenience (i.e.@: there are no built-in strings). They are defined
|
|
via the @code{ds} request.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds UX \s-1UNIX\s0\u\s-3tm\s0\d
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \*
|
|
@cindex string interpolation
|
|
@cindex string expansion
|
|
@cindex interpolation of strings
|
|
@cindex expansion of strings
|
|
They are interpolated, or expanded in-place, via the @code{\*} escape:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
The \*(UX Operating System
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
If the string named by the @code{\*} does not exist, the escape will be
|
|
replaced by nothing.
|
|
|
|
@cindex comments, with @code{ds}
|
|
@strong{Caution:} Unlike other requests, the second argument to the
|
|
@code{ds} request takes up the entire line including trailing spaces.
|
|
This means that comments on a line with such a request can introduce
|
|
unwanted space into a string.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds UX \s-1UNIX\s0\u\s-3tm\s0\d \" UNIX trademark
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Instead the comment should be put on another line or have the comment
|
|
escape adjacent with the end of the string.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds UX \s-1UNIX\s0\u\s-3tm\s0\d\" UNIX trademark
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@cindex trailing quotes
|
|
@cindex quotes, trailing
|
|
@cindex leading spaces with @code{ds}
|
|
@cindex spaces with @code{ds}
|
|
To produce leading space the string can be started with a double quote.
|
|
No trailing quote is needed; in fact, any trailing quote is included in
|
|
your string.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds sign " Yours in a white wine sauce,
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex as
|
|
@cindex appending to strings
|
|
@cindex strings, appending
|
|
The @code{as} request will append a string to another string. It works
|
|
similar to the @code{ds} request except that it appends the second
|
|
argument onto the string named by the first argument.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.as sign " with shallots, onions and garlic,
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \@key{RET}
|
|
@cindex multi-line strings
|
|
@cindex strings, multi-line
|
|
@cindex newline character in strings, escaping
|
|
@cindex escaping newline characters in strings
|
|
Strings are not limited to a single line of text. A string can span
|
|
several lines by escaping the newlines with a backslash. The resulting
|
|
string will be stored @emph{without} the newlines.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ds foo lots and lots \
|
|
of text are on these \
|
|
next several lines
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex substring
|
|
@cindex substrings
|
|
Rudimentary string manipulation routines are given with the
|
|
@code{substring} and @code{length} requests. The former has the
|
|
following syntax:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.substring @var{xx} @var{n1} [@var{n2}]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
It replaces the string in register@w{ }@var{xx} with the substring
|
|
defined by the indices @var{n1} and@w{ }@var{n2}. The first character
|
|
in the string has index one. If @var{n2} is omitted, it is taken to be
|
|
equal to the string's length. If the index value @var{n1} or @var{n2}
|
|
is negative or zero, it will be counted from the end of the string,
|
|
going backwards: The last character has index@w{ }0, the character
|
|
before the last character has index@w{ }-1, etc.
|
|
|
|
@findex length
|
|
@cindex length of a string
|
|
@cindex string, length of
|
|
Here the syntax of the @code{length} request:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.length @var{xx} @var{string}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
It computes the length of @var{string} and returns it in the number
|
|
register@w{ }@var{xx} (which is not necessarily defined before).
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@findex rn
|
|
@code{rn}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@findex rm
|
|
@code{rm}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@findex als
|
|
@code{als}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@findex chop
|
|
@code{chop}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
|
|
@xref{Identifiers}, and @ref{Comments}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Conditionals and Loops, Writing Macros, Strings, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Conditionals and Loops
|
|
@cindex conditionals and loops
|
|
@cindex loops and conditionals
|
|
|
|
@findex if@r{, operators to use with it}
|
|
@findex while@r{, operators to use with it}
|
|
In @code{if} and @code{while} requests, there are several more operators
|
|
available:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item e
|
|
@itemx o
|
|
True if the current page is even or odd numbered (respectively).
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
@findex nroff
|
|
True if the document is being processed in nroff mode.
|
|
|
|
@item t
|
|
@findex troff
|
|
True if the document is being processed in troff mode.
|
|
|
|
@item '@var{xxx}'@var{yyy}'
|
|
True if the string @var{xxx} is equal to the string @var{yyy}. Other
|
|
characters can be used in place of the single quotes.
|
|
@c XXX (Which?)
|
|
The strings are ``formatted'' before being compared.
|
|
@c XXX (?)
|
|
|
|
@item r@var{xxx}
|
|
True if there is a number register named @var{xxx}.
|
|
|
|
@item d@var{xxx}
|
|
True if there is a string, macro, diversion, or request named @var{xxx}.
|
|
|
|
@item c@var{ch}
|
|
@findex char
|
|
True if there is a character @var{ch} available; @var{ch} is either an
|
|
@acronym{ASCII} character or a special character (@code{\(@var{ch}} or
|
|
@code{\[@var{ch}]}); the condition will also be true if @var{ch} has
|
|
been defined by the @code{char} request.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* if-else::
|
|
* while::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node if-else, while, Conditionals and Loops, Conditionals and Loops
|
|
@subsection if-else
|
|
@cindex if-else
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} has if-then-else constructs like other languages, although
|
|
the formatting can be painful.
|
|
|
|
@findex if
|
|
The @code{if} request has the following syntax:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.if @var{expr} @var{anything}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
where @var{expr} is the expression to be evaluated; @var{anything} (the
|
|
remainder of the line) will be executed if @var{expr} evaluates to
|
|
non-zero (true). @var{anything} will be interpreted as though it was on
|
|
a line by itself. @xref{Expressions}, for more info.
|
|
|
|
Here are some examples:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.if t .ls 2 \" double spacing in troff
|
|
.if 0 .ab how'd this happen?
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex ie
|
|
@findex el
|
|
An if-then-else is written using two requests @code{ie} and @code{el}.
|
|
The first request is the `if' part and the latter is the `else' part.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ie
|
|
.el
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \@{
|
|
@findex \@}
|
|
In many cases more than one request is to be executed as a result of any
|
|
of these requests. This can be done using the @code{\@{} and @code{\@}}
|
|
escapes. The following example shows the possible ways to use these
|
|
escapes (note the position of the opening and closing braces).
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ie t \@{\
|
|
. ds lq ``
|
|
. ds rq ''
|
|
.\@}
|
|
.el \
|
|
.\@{\
|
|
. ds lq "
|
|
. ds rq "\@}
|
|
.ds qq "
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@xref{Expressions}.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node while, , if-else, Conditionals and Loops
|
|
@subsection while
|
|
@cindex while
|
|
|
|
@findex while
|
|
@code{gtroff} provides a looping construct using the @code{while}
|
|
request, which is used much like the @code{if} (and related) requests.
|
|
The first argument is an expression which will be evaluated. The
|
|
@code{while} request will interpret the remainder of the line until the
|
|
expression evaluates to 0 or false.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr a 0 1
|
|
.while (\na<9) \&\n+a,
|
|
\&\n+a
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
The preceding example produces:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@cindex zero width space character
|
|
@cindex character, zero width space
|
|
@cindex space character, zero width
|
|
@findex \&
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Note the usage of the @code{\&} escape to avoid a control character at
|
|
the beginning of a line.
|
|
|
|
@findex break@r{, in a @code{while} loop}
|
|
@findex continue@r{, in a @code{while} loop}
|
|
The @code{break} request will @dfn{break} out of a while loop. Be sure
|
|
not to confuse this with the @code{br} request (causing a line break).
|
|
The @code{continue} request will finish the current iteration of a while
|
|
loop, immediately restarting the next iteration.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Expressions}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Writing Macros, Page Motions, Conditionals and Loops, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Writing Macros
|
|
@cindex writing macros
|
|
@cindex macros, writing
|
|
|
|
@findex de
|
|
A @dfn{macro} is a collection of text and embedded commands which can be
|
|
invoked multiple times. Macros are used for defining common operations.
|
|
Macros are defined using the @code{de} request. This request takes a
|
|
name for the macro as the first argument. Subsequent lines are copied
|
|
into an internal buffer until the line @code{..} is encountered. The
|
|
optional second argument to @code{de} can change this ending token.
|
|
|
|
Here a small example macro called @samp{P} which will cause a break and
|
|
the insertion of some vertical space. It could be used to separate
|
|
paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.de P
|
|
.br
|
|
.sp .8v
|
|
..
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex am
|
|
@cindex appending, to a macro
|
|
The @code{am} request works similarly to @code{de} except it appends
|
|
onto the macro named by the first argument. So, to make the previously
|
|
defined @samp{P} macro actually do indented instead of block paragraphs,
|
|
is is possible to add the necessary code to the existing macro like
|
|
this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.am P
|
|
.ti +5n
|
|
..
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex als
|
|
@cindex aliases, macro
|
|
@cindex macro aliases
|
|
Macros can be aliased with the @code{als} request.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Copy-in Mode::
|
|
* Parameters::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Copy-in Mode, Parameters, Writing Macros, Writing Macros
|
|
@subsection Copy-in Mode
|
|
@cindex copy-in mode
|
|
@cindex mode, copy-in
|
|
|
|
@findex \n@r{, when reading test for a macro}
|
|
@findex \$@r{, when reading test for a macro}
|
|
@findex \*@r{, when reading test for a macro}
|
|
@findex \\@r{, when reading test for a macro}
|
|
@findex \@key{RET}@r{, when reading test for a macro}
|
|
When @code{gtroff} reads in the text for a macro or diversion it copies
|
|
the text (including request lines, but excluding escapes) into an
|
|
internal buffer. Escapes will be converted into an internal form,
|
|
except for @code{\n}, @code{\$}, @code{\*}, @code{\\} and
|
|
@code{\@key{RET}} which are evaluated and inserted into the text where
|
|
the escape was located. This is known as @dfn{copy-in} mode or
|
|
@dfn{copy} mode.
|
|
|
|
What this means is that you can specify when these escapes are to be
|
|
evaluated (either at copy-in time or at the time of use) by insulating
|
|
the escapes with an extra backslash. Compare this to the @code{\def}
|
|
and @code{\edef} commands in @TeX{}.
|
|
|
|
For example, the following will result in the numbers 20 and@c{ }10
|
|
being printed:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr x 20
|
|
.de y
|
|
.nr x 10
|
|
\&\nx
|
|
\&\\nx
|
|
..
|
|
.y
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Parameters, , Copy-in Mode, Writing Macros
|
|
@subsection Parameters
|
|
@cindex parameters
|
|
|
|
@findex \$
|
|
@vindex .$
|
|
The arguments to a macro can be examined using a variety of escapes.
|
|
The number of arguments is available in the @code{.$} number register.
|
|
Any individual argument can be retrieved with one of the following
|
|
escapes:
|
|
|
|
@cindex copy-in mode, and macro arguments
|
|
The escapes @code{\$@var{n}}, @code{\$(@var{nn}} and
|
|
@code{\$[@var{nnn}]} will result in the @var{n}th, @var{nn}th or
|
|
@var{nnn}th argument. As usual, the first form only accepts a single
|
|
number (larger than zero), the second only a two-digit number (larger or
|
|
equal to@w{ }10), and the third any positive integer value (larger than
|
|
zero). Macros can have an unlimited number of arguments. Note that due
|
|
to copy-in mode, two backslashes should be used on these in actual use
|
|
to prevent interpolation until the macro is actually invoked.
|
|
|
|
@findex shift
|
|
The request @code{shift} will shift the arguments 1@w{ }position, or as
|
|
many positions as specified by its argument. After executing this
|
|
request, argument@w{ }@var{i} will become argument @var{i}-@var{n};
|
|
arguments 1 to@w{ }@var{n} will no longer be available. Shifting by
|
|
negative amounts is currently undefined.
|
|
|
|
@findex \$*
|
|
@findex \$@@
|
|
In some cases it is convenient to use all of the arguments at once (for
|
|
example, to pass the arguments along to another macro). The @code{\$*}
|
|
escape is the concatenation of all the arguments separated by spaces. A
|
|
similar escape is @code{\$@@}, which is the concatenation of all the
|
|
arguments with each surrounded by double quotes, and separated by
|
|
spaces.
|
|
|
|
@findex \$0
|
|
@findex als@r{, use with @code{\$0}}
|
|
The @code{\$0} escape is the name by which the current macro was
|
|
invoked. The @code{als} request can make a macro have more than one
|
|
name.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.de vl
|
|
.ie \\n(.$=1 .ds Vl Pre-Release Version
|
|
.el .ds Vl Version \\$3, \\$4.
|
|
..
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
This would be called as
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.vl Id: groff.texinfo,v 1.40 2000/06/18 10:13:51 wlemb Exp
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@xref{Request Arguments}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Page Motions, Drawing Requests, Writing Macros, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Page Motions
|
|
@cindex page motions
|
|
@cindex motions, page
|
|
|
|
@findex sp@r{, as vertical page motion}
|
|
Motions up and down the page can be done with the @code{sp} request.
|
|
However, this causes a break so that the actual effect is to move to the
|
|
left margin and then to the specified location.
|
|
|
|
@findex mk
|
|
@findex rt
|
|
The request @code{mk} can be used to mark a location on a page, for
|
|
movement to later. This request takes a register name as an argument in
|
|
which to store the current page location. With no argument it will
|
|
store the location in an internal register. The results of this can be
|
|
used later by the @code{rt} or the @code{sp} request. The @code{rt}
|
|
request will return @emph{upwards} to the location given in the register
|
|
name given as an argument, with no argument it will return to the
|
|
location marked with the @code{mk} request
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... dual column example ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
The following escapes give fine control of movements about the page.
|
|
|
|
@findex \v
|
|
@cindex vertical motion
|
|
@cindex motion, vertical
|
|
The @code{\v'@var{e}'} enables arbitrary vertical motion from the
|
|
current location on the page. The argument@w{ }@var{e} specifies the
|
|
distance to move; positive is downwards and negative upwards. The
|
|
default unit for this escape is vertical spaces, @code{v}'s. Beware,
|
|
however, that @code{gtroff} will leave text processing to continue
|
|
wherever the motion ends, so to avoid interference with text processing,
|
|
motions should be balanced.
|
|
|
|
There are some special case escapes for vertical motion.
|
|
|
|
@ftable @code
|
|
@item \r
|
|
move upwards@w{ }1@dmn{v}.
|
|
|
|
@item \u
|
|
move upwards@w{ }.5@dmn{v}.
|
|
|
|
@item \d
|
|
move down@w{ }.5@dmn{v}.
|
|
@end ftable
|
|
|
|
@findex \h
|
|
@cindex inserting horizontal space
|
|
@cindex horizontal space
|
|
@cindex space, horizontal
|
|
Horizontal motions can be done via the @code{\h'@var{e}'} escape. The
|
|
expression@w{ }@var{e} indicates how far to move: positive is rightwards
|
|
and negative leftwards.
|
|
|
|
There are a number of special case escapes for horizontal motion:
|
|
|
|
@ftable @code
|
|
@item \@key{SP}
|
|
an unbreakable and unpaddable (i.e.@: not expanded during filling)
|
|
space. (Note: This is a backslash followed by a space.)
|
|
|
|
@item \~
|
|
an unbreakable space that stretches like a normal inter-word space when
|
|
a line is adjusted.
|
|
|
|
@item \|
|
|
a 1/6th em space.
|
|
|
|
@item \^
|
|
a 1/12th em space.
|
|
|
|
@item \0
|
|
a space the size of a digit.
|
|
|
|
@item \&
|
|
@cindex zero width space character
|
|
@cindex character, zero width space
|
|
@cindex space character, zero width
|
|
A zero width space.
|
|
|
|
@item \)
|
|
Like @code{\&} except that it behaves like a character declared with the
|
|
@code{cflags} request to be transparent for the purposes of end of
|
|
sentence recognition.
|
|
@end ftable
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... tex logo example ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@findex \w
|
|
@cindex width escape
|
|
@cindex escape, width
|
|
A frequent need is to do horizontal movement based on the width of some
|
|
arbitrary text (e.g.@: given as an argument to a macro). For that,
|
|
there is the escape @code{\w'@var{text}'} which will interpolate to the
|
|
width of the given @var{text} in basic units.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... strlen example ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
Font changes may occur in @var{text} which don't affect current
|
|
settings.
|
|
|
|
After use, @code{\w} sets several registers:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item st
|
|
@itemx sb
|
|
@vindex st
|
|
@vindex sb
|
|
The highest and lowest point, respectively, in @var{text}.
|
|
|
|
@item rst
|
|
@itemx rsb
|
|
@vindex rst
|
|
@vindex rsb
|
|
Like the @code{st} and @code{sb} registers, but takes account of the
|
|
heights and depths of characters.
|
|
|
|
@item ct
|
|
@vindex ct
|
|
is set according to what kinds of characters occur in @var{text}:
|
|
|
|
@table @asis
|
|
@item 0
|
|
only short characters, no descenders or tall characters.
|
|
|
|
@item 1
|
|
descender.
|
|
|
|
@item 2
|
|
tall character.
|
|
|
|
@item 3
|
|
both a descender and a tall character.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@item ssc
|
|
@vindex ssc
|
|
The amount of horizontal space (possibly negative) that should be added
|
|
to the last character before a subscript.
|
|
|
|
@item skw
|
|
@vindex skw
|
|
How far to right of the center of the last character in the @code{\w}
|
|
argument, the center of an accent from a Roman font should be placed
|
|
over that character.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@findex \k
|
|
@vindex .k
|
|
@code{\k}
|
|
|
|
@code{.k}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Drawing Requests, Traps, Page Motions, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Drawing Requests
|
|
@cindex drawing requests
|
|
@cindex requests for drawing
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} provides a number of ways to draw lines and other figures
|
|
on the page. Used in combination with the page motion commands (see
|
|
@ref{Page Motions}, for more info), a wide variety of figures can be
|
|
drawn. However, for complex drawings these operations can be quite
|
|
cumbersome, and it may be wise to use graphic preprocessors like
|
|
@code{gpic} or @code{ggrn}. @xref{gpic}, and @ref{ggrn}, for more
|
|
information.
|
|
|
|
All drawing is done via escapes.
|
|
|
|
@findex \l
|
|
@cindex drawing horizontal lines
|
|
@cindex horizontal line, drawing
|
|
@cindex line, horizontal, drawing
|
|
The @code{\l} escape will draw a line rightwards from the current
|
|
location. The full syntax for this escape is like this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
\l'@var{l}@var{c}'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
where @var{l} is the length of the line to be drawn, starting at the
|
|
current location; positive numbers will draw to the right, and negative
|
|
will draw towards the left. This can also be specified absolutely
|
|
(i.e.@: with a leading @samp{|}) which will draw back to the beginning
|
|
of the line.
|
|
|
|
@cindex underscore character
|
|
@cindex character, underscore
|
|
@cindex line drawing character
|
|
@cindex character for line drawing
|
|
The optional second parameter @var{c} is a character to draw the line
|
|
with. If this second argument is not specified, @code{gtroff} will use
|
|
the underscore character.
|
|
|
|
@cindex zero width space character
|
|
@cindex character, zero width space
|
|
@cindex space character, zero width
|
|
@findex \&
|
|
To separate the two arguments (to prevent @code{gtroff} from
|
|
interpreting a drawing character as a scaling indicator) use @code{\&}.
|
|
|
|
Here a small useful example:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.de box
|
|
\(br\\$*\(br\l'|0\(rn'\l'|0\(ul'
|
|
..
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
@opindex |
|
|
Note that this works by outputting a box rule (a vertical line), then
|
|
the text given as an argument and then another box rule. Then the line
|
|
drawing escapes both draw from the current location to the beginning of
|
|
the @emph{input} line.
|
|
|
|
@findex \L
|
|
@cindex drawing vertical lines
|
|
@cindex vertical line drawing
|
|
@cindex line, vertical, drawing
|
|
@cindex line drawing character
|
|
@cindex character for line drawing
|
|
@cindex box rule character
|
|
@cindex character, box rule
|
|
Vertical lines are drawn using the @code{\L} escape. Its parameters are
|
|
specified similar to the @code{\l} escape. If the length is positive,
|
|
the movement will be downwards, and upwards for negative values. The
|
|
default character is the box rule character. As with the vertical
|
|
motion escapes, text processing will blindly continue where the line
|
|
ends.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
...box macro...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@findex \D
|
|
More flexible drawing functions are available via the @code{\D} escape.
|
|
While the previous escapes will work on a character device, these
|
|
escapes will not.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item \D'l @var{dx} @var{dy}'
|
|
Draw a line from the current location to the relative point specified by
|
|
(@var{dx},@var{dy}).
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
...revised box macro...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@item \D'c @var{d}'
|
|
@cindex circle drawing
|
|
@cindex drawing a circle
|
|
Draw a circle with a diameter of @var{d} with the leftmost point at the
|
|
current position.
|
|
|
|
@item \D'C @var{d}'
|
|
Draw a solid circle with the same parameters as an outlined circle.
|
|
|
|
@item \D'e @var{dx} @var{dy}'
|
|
@cindex drawing an ellipse
|
|
@cindex ellipse drawing
|
|
Draw an ellipse with a horizontal diameter of @var{dx} and a vertical
|
|
diameter of @var{dy} with the leftmost point at the current position.
|
|
|
|
@item \D'E @var{dx} @var{dy}'
|
|
Draw a solid ellipse with the same parameters as an outlined ellipse.
|
|
|
|
@item \D'a @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2}'
|
|
@cindex arc drawing
|
|
@cindex drawing an arc
|
|
Draw an arc clockwise from the current location through the two
|
|
specified locations (@var{dx1},@var{dy1}) and (@var{dx2},@var{dy2}).
|
|
|
|
@item \D'~ @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} ...'
|
|
@cindex drawing a spline
|
|
@cindex spline drawing
|
|
Draw a spline from the current location to (@var{dx1},@var{dy1}) and
|
|
then to (@var{dx2},@var{dy2}), and so on.
|
|
|
|
@item \D'f @var{n}'
|
|
@cindex gray shading
|
|
@cindex shading
|
|
@cindex shades for filling objects
|
|
Set the shade of gray to be used for filling solid objects to@w{
|
|
}@var{n}; @var{n}@w{ }must be an integer between 0 and@w{ }1000, where 0
|
|
corresponds solid white and 1000 to solid black, and values in between
|
|
correspond to intermediate shades of gray. This applies only to solid
|
|
circles, solid ellipses and solid polygons. By default, a level of@w{
|
|
}1000 will be used.
|
|
|
|
@item \D'p @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} ...'
|
|
@cindex drawing a polygon
|
|
@cindex polygon drawing
|
|
Draw a polygon from the current location to (@var{dx1},@var{dy1}) and
|
|
then to (@var{dx2},@var{dy2}) and so on. When the specified data points
|
|
are exhausted, a line is drawn back to the starting point.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... box example (yes, again)...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@item \D'P @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} ...'
|
|
Draw a solid polygon with the same parameters as an outlined polygon.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... shaded box example ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@item \D't @var{n}'
|
|
@cindex line thickness
|
|
@cindex thickness of lines
|
|
Set the current line thickness to @var{n} machine units. A value of
|
|
zero selects the smallest available line thickness. A negative value
|
|
makes the line thickness proportional to the current point size (this is
|
|
the default behaviour of @code{ditroff}).
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@findex \b
|
|
@cindex pile, character
|
|
@cindex character pile
|
|
The @code{\b} escape will @dfn{pile} a sequence of characters
|
|
vertically, and center it vertically on the current line. This can be
|
|
used to build large brackets and braces.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
\b'\(lt\(bv\(lk\(bv\(lb'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@xref{Drawing Functions}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Traps, Diversions, Drawing Requests, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Traps
|
|
@cindex traps
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Traps} are locations, which, when reached, will call a specified
|
|
macro. These traps can occur at a given location on the page, at a
|
|
given location in the current diversion, after a certain number of input
|
|
lines or at the end of input.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Page Location Traps::
|
|
* Diversion Traps::
|
|
* Input Line Traps::
|
|
* End-of-input Traps::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Page Location Traps, Diversion Traps, Traps, Traps
|
|
@subsection Page Location Traps
|
|
@cindex page location traps
|
|
@cindex traps, page location
|
|
|
|
@c XXX definition of wh request
|
|
|
|
@cindex page headers
|
|
@cindex page footers
|
|
@cindex headers
|
|
@cindex footers
|
|
Page location traps are frequently used for page headers and footers.
|
|
The following is a simple example of this.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.de hd \" Page header
|
|
'sp .5i
|
|
.tl 'Title''date'
|
|
'sp .3i
|
|
..
|
|
.de fo \" Page footer
|
|
'sp 1v
|
|
.tl ''%''
|
|
'bp
|
|
..
|
|
.wh 0 hd \" trap at top of the page
|
|
.wh -1i fo \" trap one inch from bottom
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@vindex .t
|
|
@cindex distance to next trap
|
|
@cindex trap, distance
|
|
The number register @code{.t} is the distance to the next trap.
|
|
|
|
@findex ch
|
|
@cindex changing trap location
|
|
@cindex trap, changing location
|
|
The location of a trap can be changed later on with the @code{ch}
|
|
request. The first argument is the name of the macro to be invoked at
|
|
the trap, and the second argument is the new location for the trap.
|
|
This is useful for building up footnotes in a diversion to allow more
|
|
space at the bottom of the page for them.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... (simplified) footnote example ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@findex vpt
|
|
@findex wh
|
|
@vindex .vpt
|
|
@cindex vertical position trap enable register
|
|
The @code{vpt} request will enable vertical position traps if the
|
|
argument is non-zero, disable them otherwise. Vertical position traps
|
|
are traps set by the @code{wh} or @code{dt} requests. Traps set by the
|
|
@code{it} request are not vertical position traps. The parameter that
|
|
controls whether vertical position traps are enabled is global.
|
|
Initially vertical position traps are enabled. The current setting of
|
|
this is available in the number register @code{.vpt}.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .trunc
|
|
@findex ne@r{, and the @code{.trunc} register}
|
|
The number register @code{.trunc} contains the amount of vertical space
|
|
truncated by the most recently sprung vertical position trap, or, if the
|
|
trap was sprung by a @code{ne} request, minus the amount of vertical
|
|
motion produced by the @code{ne} request. In other words, at the point
|
|
a trap is sprung, it represents the difference of what the vertical
|
|
position would have been but for the trap, and what the vertical
|
|
position actually is.
|
|
|
|
@vindex .ne
|
|
The number register @code{.ne} contains the amount of space that was
|
|
needed in the last @code{ne} request that caused a trap to be sprung.
|
|
Useful in conjunction with the @code{.trunc} register. @xref{Page
|
|
Control}, for more information.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Diversion Traps, Input Line Traps, Page Location Traps, Traps
|
|
@subsection Diversion Traps
|
|
@cindex diversion traps
|
|
@cindex traps, diversion
|
|
|
|
@findex dt
|
|
@vindex .t@r{, and diversions}
|
|
Traps can also be set @emph{within} a diversion using the @code{dt}
|
|
request. Like @code{wh} the first argument is the location of the trap
|
|
and the second argument is the name of the macro to be invoked. The
|
|
number register @code{.t} will still work within diversions.
|
|
@xref{Diversions}, for more information.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Input Line Traps, End-of-input Traps, Diversion Traps, Traps
|
|
@subsection Input Line Traps
|
|
@cindex input line traps
|
|
@cindex traps, input line
|
|
|
|
@findex it
|
|
The @code{it} request will set an input line trap. The format for
|
|
calling this is
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.it @var{n} @var{name}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
where @var{n} is the number of lines of input which may be read before
|
|
@dfn{springing} the trap, @var{name} is the macro to be invoked.
|
|
Request lines are not counted as input lines.
|
|
|
|
For example, one possible use is to have a macro which will print the
|
|
next @var{n}@w{ }lines in a bold font.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.de B
|
|
.it B-end \\$1
|
|
.ft B
|
|
..
|
|
.de B-end
|
|
.ft R
|
|
..
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node End-of-input Traps, , Input Line Traps, Traps
|
|
@subsection End-of-input Traps
|
|
@cindex end-of-input traps
|
|
@cindex traps, end-of-input
|
|
|
|
@findex em
|
|
The @code{em} request will set a trap at the end of input. The macro
|
|
specified as an argument will be executed after the last line of the
|
|
input file has been processed.
|
|
|
|
For example, if the document had to have a section at the bottom of the
|
|
last page for someone to approve it, the @code{em} request could be
|
|
used.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.de approval
|
|
.ne 5v
|
|
.sp |(\\n(.t-6v)
|
|
.in +4i
|
|
.lc _
|
|
.br
|
|
Approved:\t\a
|
|
.sp
|
|
Date:\t\t\a
|
|
..
|
|
.em approval
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Diversions, Environments, Traps, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Diversions
|
|
@cindex diversions
|
|
|
|
In @code{gtroff} it is possible to @dfn{divert} text into a named
|
|
storage area. Due to the similarity to defining macros it is sometimes
|
|
said to be stored in a macro. This is used for saving text for output
|
|
at a later time, which is useful for keeping blocks of text on the same
|
|
page, footnotes, tables of contents and indices.
|
|
|
|
@findex di
|
|
@findex da
|
|
A diversion is initiated by the @code{di} request. Like the @code{de}
|
|
request, it takes an argument of a macro name to divert subsequent text
|
|
into. The @code{da} macro will append to an existing diversion.
|
|
|
|
@code{di} (resp.@: @code{da}) without an argument ends the diversion.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... end-note example ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@vindex .z
|
|
@vindex .d
|
|
@vindex nl
|
|
@vindex .h
|
|
@cindex nested diversions
|
|
@cindex diversion, nested
|
|
Diversions may be nested. The number register @code{.z} contains the
|
|
name of the current diversion. The number register @code{.d} contains
|
|
the current vertical place in the diversion. If not in a diversion it
|
|
is the same as the register @code{nl}.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX more info
|
|
|
|
@code{.h}
|
|
|
|
@vindex dn
|
|
@vindex dl
|
|
After completing a diversion, the built-in number registers @code{dn}
|
|
and @code{dl} contain the vertical and horizontal size of the diversion.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.\" Center text both horizontally & vertically
|
|
.de (c
|
|
.br
|
|
.nf
|
|
.di @@c
|
|
..
|
|
.de )c
|
|
.br
|
|
.di
|
|
.nr @@s (((\\n(.tu-\\n(dnu)/2u)-1v)
|
|
.sp \\n(@@su
|
|
.ce 1000
|
|
.nf
|
|
.@c
|
|
.br
|
|
.ce 0
|
|
.sp \\n(@@su
|
|
.br
|
|
.fi
|
|
.rr @@s
|
|
..
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \!
|
|
@cindex transparent output
|
|
@cindex output, transparent
|
|
Requests, macros and escapes are interpreted when read into a diversion.
|
|
There are two ways to prevent this; either way will take the given text
|
|
and @dfn{transparently} embed it into the diversion. The first method
|
|
is to prefix the line with @code{\!}. This will cause the entire line
|
|
to be transparently inserted into the diversion. This is useful for
|
|
macros which shouldn't be invoked until the diverted text is actually
|
|
output.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX anything is read in copy mode. (what about \! ??)
|
|
|
|
@findex \?
|
|
The other way is to surround the text by the @code{\?} escape, i.e.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
\?@var{anything}\?
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
@var{anything} may not contain newlines; use @code{\!} to embed
|
|
newlines in a diversion. The escape sequence @code{\?} is also
|
|
recognized in copy mode and turned into a single internal code; it is
|
|
this code that terminates anything. Thus the following example will
|
|
print@w{ }4.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.nr x 1
|
|
.nf
|
|
.di d
|
|
\?\\?\\\\?\\\\\\\\nx\\\\?\\?\?
|
|
.di
|
|
.nr x 2
|
|
.di e
|
|
.d
|
|
.di
|
|
.nr x 3
|
|
.di f
|
|
.e
|
|
.di
|
|
.nr x 4
|
|
.f
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex asciify
|
|
@cindex unformatting diversions
|
|
@cindex diversion, unformatting
|
|
The @code{asciify} request only exists in order to make certain gross
|
|
hacks work with GNU @code{troff}. It @dfn{unformats} the diversion
|
|
specified as an argument in such a way that @acronym{ASCII} characters
|
|
that were formatted and diverted will be treated like ordinary input
|
|
characters when the diversion is reread. For example, the following
|
|
will set register @code{n} to@w{ }1.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.tr @@.
|
|
.di x
|
|
@@nr\ n\ 1
|
|
.br
|
|
.di
|
|
.tr @@@@
|
|
.asciify x
|
|
.x
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@xref{Copy-in Mode}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Environments, I/O, Diversions, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Environments
|
|
@cindex environments
|
|
|
|
It happens frequently that some text should be printed in a certain
|
|
format regardless of what may be in effect at the time, for example, in
|
|
a trap invoked macro to print headers and footers. To solve this
|
|
@code{gtroff} has @dfn{environments} in which text is processed. An
|
|
environment contains most of the parameters that control text
|
|
processing. It is possible to switch amongst these environments; by
|
|
default @code{gtroff} processes text in environment@w{ }0. The
|
|
following is the information kept in an environment.
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
font parameters (size, family, style, character height and slant, space
|
|
and sentence space size)
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
page parameters (line length, title length, vertical spacing,
|
|
line spacing, indentation, line numbering, hyphenation data)
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
fill and adjust mode
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
tab stops, tab and leader characters, escape character, no-break and
|
|
hyphen indicators, margin character data
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
partially collected lines
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
These environments may be given arbitrary names (see @ref{Identifiers},
|
|
for more info). Old versions of @code{troff} only had environments
|
|
named @samp{0}, @samp{1} and@w{ }@samp{2}.
|
|
|
|
@findex ev
|
|
@vindex .ev
|
|
@cindex switch environments
|
|
@cindex current environment number/name register
|
|
The @code{ev} request will switch to another environment. The single
|
|
argument is the name of the environment to switch to. With no argument
|
|
@code{gtroff} will switch back to the previous environment. There is no
|
|
limit on the number of named environments; they will be created the
|
|
first time that they are referenced. The @code{.ev} register contains
|
|
the name or number of the current environment. This is a string-valued
|
|
register.
|
|
|
|
Note that a call to @code{ev} (with argument) will push the previously
|
|
active environment onto a stack. If, say, environments @samp{foo},
|
|
@samp{bar}, and @samp{zap} are called (in that order), the first
|
|
@code{ev} request without parameter will switch back to environment
|
|
@samp{bar} (which will be popped off the stack), and a second call will
|
|
switch back to environment @samp{foo}.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... page break macro, revised ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
Here is another example:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ev footnote-env
|
|
.fam N
|
|
.ps 6
|
|
.vs 8
|
|
.ll -.5i
|
|
.ev
|
|
...
|
|
.ev footnote-env
|
|
\(dg Note the large, friendly letters.
|
|
.ev
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex evc
|
|
@cindex copy environment
|
|
To copy an environment into the current one, use the @code{evc} request,
|
|
which takes the name of the environment to copy from as an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node I/O, Postprocessor Access, Environments, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section I/O
|
|
@cindex i/o
|
|
@cindex input and output requests
|
|
@cindex requests for input and output
|
|
@cindex output and input requests
|
|
|
|
@findex so
|
|
@cindex including a file
|
|
@cindex file inclusion
|
|
The @code{so} request will read in the file given as an argument and
|
|
include it in place of the @code{so} request. This is quite useful for
|
|
large documents, i.e.@: keeping each chapter in a separate file.
|
|
@xref{gsoelim}, for more information.
|
|
|
|
@findex mso
|
|
The @code{mso} request is the same as the @code{so} request except that
|
|
the file is searched for in the same directories as
|
|
@file{tmac.@var{name}} is searched for when the @option{-m@var{name}}
|
|
option is specified.
|
|
|
|
@findex cf
|
|
@cindex transparent output
|
|
@cindex output, transparent
|
|
The @code{cf} and @code{trf} requests are to include a file. It will
|
|
transparently output the contents of file filename. Each line is output
|
|
as it were preceded by @code{\!}; however, the lines are not subject to
|
|
copy mode interpretation. If the file does not end with a newline, then
|
|
a newline will be added. For example, to define a macro@w{ }@code{x}
|
|
containing the contents of file@w{ }@file{f}, use
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.di x
|
|
.trf f
|
|
.di
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
The request @w{@code{.cf @var{filename}}}, when used in a diversion,
|
|
will embed in the diversion an object which, when reread, will cause the
|
|
contents of @var{filename} to be transparently copied through to the
|
|
output. In @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}, the contents of @var{filename}
|
|
is immediately copied through to the output regardless of whether there
|
|
is a current diversion; this behaviour is so anomalous that it must be
|
|
considered a bug. This request causes a line break.
|
|
|
|
@findex trf
|
|
With @code{trf}, unlike @code{cf}, the file cannot contain characters
|
|
such as NUL that are not valid @code{gtroff} input characters
|
|
(@pxref{Identifiers}). This request causes a line break.
|
|
|
|
@findex nx
|
|
The @code{nx} request will force @code{gtroff} to continue processing of
|
|
the file specified as an argument.
|
|
|
|
@findex rd
|
|
The @code{rd} request will read from standard input, and include what is
|
|
read as though it were part of the input file. Text is read until a
|
|
blank line is encountered.
|
|
|
|
@cindex form letters
|
|
@cindex letters, form
|
|
Using these two requests it is easy to set up form letters. The form
|
|
letter template is constructed like this:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ce
|
|
\*(td
|
|
.sp 2
|
|
.nf
|
|
.rd
|
|
.sp
|
|
.rd
|
|
.fi
|
|
Body of letter.
|
|
.bp
|
|
.nx repeat.let
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex ex
|
|
@noindent
|
|
When this is run, the following file should be redirected in. Note that
|
|
requests included in this file are executed as though they were part of
|
|
the form letter. The last block of input is the @code{ex} requests
|
|
which tells groff to stop processing. If this was not there, groff
|
|
would not know when to stop.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
Trent A. Fisher
|
|
708 NW 19th Av., #202
|
|
Portland, OR 97209
|
|
|
|
Dear Trent,
|
|
|
|
Len Adollar
|
|
4315 Sierra Vista
|
|
San Diego, CA 92103
|
|
|
|
Dear Mr. Adollar,
|
|
|
|
.ex
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex pi
|
|
@code{pi}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX documentation
|
|
|
|
@findex sy
|
|
The @code{sy} request will allow arbitrary system commands to be
|
|
executed from within a @code{gtroff} document. The output is not saved
|
|
anyplace, so it is up to the user to do so.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX add info about safer and unsafe mode
|
|
|
|
For example, the following example will introduce the current time
|
|
into a document:
|
|
|
|
@cindex time, current
|
|
@cindex current time
|
|
@pindex perl
|
|
@example
|
|
.sy perl -e 'printf ".nr H %d\\n.nr M %d\\n.nr S %d\\n",\
|
|
(localtime(time))[2,1,0]' > /tmp/x\n[$$]
|
|
.so /tmp/x\n[$$]
|
|
.sy rm /tmp/x\n[$$]
|
|
\nH:\nM:\nS
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
Note that this works by having the @code{perl} script (run by @code{sy})
|
|
print out the @code{nr} requests which will set the number registers
|
|
@samp{H}, @samp{M} and @samp{S}, and then reads those commands in with
|
|
the @code{so} request.
|
|
|
|
@vindex systat
|
|
@cindex @code{system()} return value register
|
|
The @code{systat} number register contains the return value of the
|
|
@code{system()} function executed by the last @code{sy} request.
|
|
|
|
@findex open
|
|
The @code{open} request will open a file (specified as the second
|
|
argument) for writing and associate the stream (specified as the first
|
|
argument) with it.
|
|
|
|
@findex opena
|
|
The @code{opena} is like @code{open}, but if the file exists, append to
|
|
it instead of truncating it.
|
|
|
|
@findex write
|
|
@cindex copy-in mode, and @code{write} requests
|
|
@cindex mode, copy-in, and @code{write} requests
|
|
The @code{write} request will write to the file associated with the
|
|
stream specified by the first argument. The stream must previously have
|
|
been the subject of an open request. The remainder of the line is
|
|
interpreted as the @code{ds} request reads its second argument: A
|
|
leading @samp{"} will be stripped, and it will be read in copy-in mode.
|
|
|
|
@findex close
|
|
The @code{close} request will close the stream specified by the first
|
|
argument; stream will no longer be an acceptable argument to the
|
|
@code{write} request.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... example of open write &c...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@findex \V
|
|
The @code{\V} escape will interpolate the contents of the specified
|
|
environment variable, as returned by the function @code{getenv}. The
|
|
argument to @code{\V} is specified as an identifier, i.e.@:
|
|
@samp{\V@var{x}}, @samp{\V(@var{xx}} or @samp{\V[@var{xxx}]}. @code{\V}
|
|
is interpreted in copy-in mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Postprocessor Access, Miscellaneous, I/O, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Postprocessor Access
|
|
@cindex postprocessor access
|
|
@cindex access of postprocessor
|
|
|
|
There are two escapes which will allow information to be directly given
|
|
to the postprocessor. This is particularly useful for embedding
|
|
@sc{PostScript} into the final document.
|
|
|
|
@findex \X
|
|
The @code{\X} escape will embed its argument into the @code{gtroff}
|
|
output preceded with @w{@samp{x X}}.
|
|
|
|
@findex \Y
|
|
The @code{\Y} escape is called with an identifier (i.e.@:
|
|
@code{\Y@var{x}}, @code{\Y(@var{xx}} or @code{\Y[@var{xxx}]}). This is
|
|
approximately equivalent to @samp{\X'\*[@var{xxx}]'}. However, the
|
|
contents of the string or macro @var{xxx} are not interpreted; also it
|
|
is permitted for @var{xxx} to have been defined as a macro and thus
|
|
contain newlines (it is not permitted for the argument to @code{\X} to
|
|
contain newlines). The inclusion of newlines requires an extension to
|
|
the @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} output format, and will confuse drivers
|
|
that do not know about this extension.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Output Devices}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Miscellaneous, Debugging, Postprocessor Access, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Miscellaneous
|
|
@cindex miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
This section documents parts of @code{gtroff} which cannot (yet) be
|
|
categorized elsewhere in this manual.
|
|
|
|
@findex nm
|
|
@cindex line numbers
|
|
@cindex numbers, line
|
|
Line numbers can be printed in the left margin using the @code{nm}
|
|
request. The first argument is the line number of the @emph{next}
|
|
output line; this defaults to@w{ }1. The second argument indicates on
|
|
which lines numbers will be printed, i.e.@: 5 means put line numbers on
|
|
every 5@w{ }lines; this defaults to@w{ }1. The third argument is the
|
|
space to be left between the number and the text; this defaults to@w{
|
|
}1. The fourth argument is the indentation of the line numbers.
|
|
Without arguments, line numbers are turned off.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX xref ln register
|
|
|
|
@findex nn
|
|
The @code{nn} request will temporarily turn off line numbering. The
|
|
first argument is the number of lines not to be numbered; this defaults
|
|
to@w{ }1.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX (does this disable incrementing or display?)
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... line numbering example ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@findex mc
|
|
@cindex margin characters
|
|
@cindex characters for margins
|
|
Margin characters can be automatically printed to the right of the text
|
|
with the @code{mc} request. The first argument is the character to be
|
|
printed, and the second argument is the distance away from the main body
|
|
text. With no arguments the margin characters are turned off. If this
|
|
occurs before a break, no margin character will be printed.
|
|
|
|
@pindex nrchbar
|
|
@pindex changebar
|
|
This is quite useful for indicating text that has changed, and, in fact,
|
|
there are programs available for doing this (they are called
|
|
@code{nrchbar} and @code{changebar} and can be found in any
|
|
@samp{comp.sources.unix} archive.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... margin char example ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@findex lf
|
|
@pindex soelim
|
|
@cindex multi-file documents
|
|
@cindex documents, multi-file
|
|
The primary reason for the existence of @code{lf} is to make debugging
|
|
documents which are split into many files, which are then put together
|
|
with @code{soelim} and other preprocessors. The first argument is the
|
|
name of the file and the second argument is the input line number in
|
|
that file. This way @code{gtroff} can produce error messages which are
|
|
intelligible to the user.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... example of soelim'ed doc ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Debugging, Implementation Differences, Miscellaneous, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Debugging
|
|
@cindex debugging
|
|
|
|
@code{gtroff} is not easy to debug, but there are some useful features
|
|
and strategies for debugging.
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex tm
|
|
The @code{tm} request will send output to the standard error stream;
|
|
this is very useful for printing debugging output.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
When doing something involved it is useful to leave the debugging
|
|
statements in the code and have them turned on by a command line flag.
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.if \n(DB .tm debugging output
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
To activate these statements say
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
groff -rDB=1 file
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex ab
|
|
@cindex aborting
|
|
The @code{ab} request is similar to the @code{tm} request, except that
|
|
it will cause @code{gtroff} to stop processing. With no argument it
|
|
will print @samp{User Abort}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex ex@r{, use in debugging}
|
|
@cindex exiting
|
|
The @code{ex} request will also cause @code{gtroff} to stop processing
|
|
if encountered at the topmost level; see also @ref{I/O}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
If it is known in advance that there will be many errors and no useful
|
|
output, @code{gtroff} can be forced to suppress formatted output with
|
|
the @option{-z} flag.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex pm
|
|
@cindex dumping symbol table
|
|
@cindex symbol table, dumping
|
|
The @code{pm} request will dump out the entire symbol table.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex pnr
|
|
@cindex dumping number registers
|
|
@cindex number registers, dumping
|
|
The @code{pnr} request will print the names and contents of all
|
|
currently defined number registers on stderr.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex ptr
|
|
@cindex dumping traps
|
|
@cindex traps, dumping
|
|
The @code{ptr} request will print the names and positions of all traps
|
|
(not including input line traps and diversion traps) on stderr. Empty
|
|
slots in the page trap list are printed as well, because they can affect
|
|
the priority of subsequently planted traps.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex fl
|
|
@cindex flush output
|
|
@cindex output, flush
|
|
@cindex interactive use of @code{gtroff}
|
|
@cindex @code{gtroff}, interactive use
|
|
The @code{fl} request instructs @code{gtroff} to flush its output
|
|
immediately. The intention is that this be used when using
|
|
@code{gtroff} interactively. There is little other use for it. This
|
|
request causes a line break.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex backtrace
|
|
@cindex backtrace of input stack
|
|
@cindex input stack, backtrace
|
|
The @code{backtrace} request will print a backtrace of the input stack
|
|
to the standard error stream.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@cindex warnings
|
|
@code{gtroff} has command line options for printing out more warnings
|
|
(@option{-w}) and for printing backtraces (@option{-b}) when a warning
|
|
or an error occurs. The most verbose level of warnings is @option{-ww}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
@findex warn
|
|
@vindex .warn
|
|
@cindex level of warnings
|
|
@cindex warnings, level
|
|
The @code{warn} request controls the level of warnings checked for. The
|
|
only argument is the sum of the numbers associated with each warning
|
|
that is to be enabled; all other warnings will be disabled. The number
|
|
associated with each warning is listed below. For example,
|
|
@w{@code{.warn 0}} will disable all warnings, and @w{@code{.warn 1}}
|
|
will disable all warnings except that about missing characters. If an
|
|
argument is not given, all warnings will be enabled. The number
|
|
register @code{.warn} contains the current warning level.
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Warnings::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@node Warnings, , Debugging, Debugging
|
|
@subsection Warnings
|
|
@cindex warnings
|
|
|
|
The warnings that can be given to @code{gtroff} are divided into the
|
|
following categories. The name associated with each warning is used by
|
|
the @option{-w} and @option{-W} options; the number is used by the
|
|
@code{warn} request and by the @code{.warn} register.
|
|
|
|
@table @samp
|
|
@item char
|
|
@itemx 1
|
|
Non-existent characters. This is enabled by default.
|
|
|
|
@item number
|
|
@itemx 2
|
|
Invalid numeric expressions. This is enabled by default.
|
|
@xref{Expressions}.
|
|
|
|
@item break
|
|
@itemx 4
|
|
@cindex fill mode
|
|
@cindex mode, fill
|
|
In fill mode, lines which could not be broken so that their length was
|
|
less than the line length. This is enabled by default.
|
|
|
|
@item delim
|
|
@itemx 8
|
|
Missing or mismatched closing delimiters.
|
|
|
|
@item el
|
|
@itemx 16
|
|
@findex ie
|
|
@findex el
|
|
Use of the @code{el} request with no matching @code{ie} request.
|
|
@xref{if-else}.
|
|
|
|
@item scale
|
|
@itemx 32
|
|
Meaningless scaling indicators.
|
|
|
|
@item range
|
|
@itemx 64
|
|
Out of range arguments.
|
|
|
|
@item syntax
|
|
@itemx 128
|
|
Dubious syntax in numeric expressions.
|
|
|
|
@item di
|
|
@itemx 256
|
|
@findex di@r{, debugging}
|
|
@findex da@r{, debugging}
|
|
Use of @code{di} or @code{da} without an argument when there is no
|
|
current diversion.
|
|
|
|
@item mac
|
|
@itemx 512
|
|
@findex de
|
|
@c XXX more findex entries
|
|
Use of undefined strings, macros and diversions. When an undefined
|
|
string, macro or diversion is used, that string is automatically defined
|
|
as empty. So, in most cases, at most one warning will be given for each
|
|
name.
|
|
|
|
@item reg
|
|
@itemx 1024
|
|
@findex nr
|
|
@c XXX more findex entries
|
|
Use of undefined number registers. When an undefined number register is
|
|
used, that register is automatically defined to have a value of@w{ }0.
|
|
A definition is automatically made with a value of@w{ }0. So, in most
|
|
cases, at most one warning will be given for use of a particular name.
|
|
|
|
@item tab
|
|
@itemx 2048
|
|
Use of a tab character where a number was expected.
|
|
|
|
@item right-brace
|
|
@itemx 4096
|
|
@findex \@}@r{, debugging}
|
|
Use of @code{\@}} where a number was expected.
|
|
|
|
@item missing
|
|
@itemx 8192
|
|
Requests that are missing non-optional arguments.
|
|
|
|
@item input
|
|
@itemx 16384
|
|
Illegal input characters.
|
|
|
|
@item escape
|
|
@itemx 32768
|
|
Unrecognized escape sequences. When an unrecognized escape sequence is
|
|
encountered, the escape character is ignored.
|
|
|
|
@item space
|
|
@itemx 65536
|
|
@cindex compatibility mode
|
|
Missing space between a request or macro and its argument. This warning
|
|
will be given when an undefined name longer than two characters is
|
|
encountered, and the first two characters of the name make a defined
|
|
name. The request or macro will not be invoked. When this warning is
|
|
given, no macro is automatically defined. This is enabled by default.
|
|
This warning will never occur in compatibility mode.
|
|
|
|
@item font
|
|
@itemx 131072
|
|
Non-existent fonts. This is enabled by default.
|
|
|
|
@item all
|
|
All warnings except @samp{di}, @samp{mac} and @samp{reg}. It is
|
|
intended that this covers all warnings that are useful with traditional
|
|
macro packages.
|
|
|
|
@item w
|
|
All warnings.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Implementation Differences, Summary, Debugging, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Implementation Differences
|
|
@cindex implementation differences
|
|
@cindex differences in implementation
|
|
@cindex incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
|
|
@cindex compatibility mode
|
|
@cindex mode, compatibility
|
|
|
|
GNU @code{troff} has a number of features which cause incompatibilities
|
|
with documents written with old versions of @code{troff}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex long names
|
|
@cindex names, long
|
|
Long names cause some incompatibilities. @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff}
|
|
will interpret
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.dsabcd
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \*@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@findex \n@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@findex cp
|
|
@vindex .C
|
|
@noindent
|
|
as defining a string @samp{ab} with contents @samp{cd}. Normally, GNU
|
|
@code{troff} will interpret this as a call of a macro named
|
|
@code{dsabcd}. Also @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} will interpret
|
|
@code{\*[} or @code{\n[} as references to a string or number register
|
|
called @samp{[}. In GNU @code{troff}, however, this will normally be
|
|
interpreted as the start of a long name. In compatibility mode GNU
|
|
@code{troff} will interpret these things in the traditional way. In
|
|
compatibility mode, however, long names are not recognized.
|
|
Compatibility mode can be turned on with the @option{-C} command line
|
|
option, and turned on or off with the @code{cp} request. The number
|
|
register @code{.C} is@w{ }1 if compatibility mode is on, 0@w{
|
|
}otherwise.
|
|
|
|
@findex \A
|
|
@findex \|
|
|
@findex \^
|
|
@findex \&
|
|
@findex \@}
|
|
@findex \@{
|
|
@findex \@key{SP}
|
|
@findex \'
|
|
@findex \`
|
|
@findex \-
|
|
@findex \_
|
|
@findex \!
|
|
@findex \%
|
|
@findex \c
|
|
GNU @code{troff} does not allow the use of the escape sequences
|
|
@code{\|}, @code{\^}, @code{\&}, @code{\@}}, @code{\@{},
|
|
@code{\@key{SP}}, @code{\'}, @code{\`}, @code{\-}, @code{\_}, @code{\!},
|
|
@code{\%}, and @code{\c} in names of strings, macros, diversions, number
|
|
registers, fonts or environments; @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} does. The
|
|
@code{\A} escape sequence (@pxref{Identifiers}) may be helpful in
|
|
avoiding use of these escape sequences in names.
|
|
|
|
@cindex fractional point sizes
|
|
@cindex point sizes, fractional
|
|
@findex ps@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
Fractional point sizes cause one noteworthy incompatibility. In
|
|
@acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} the @code{ps} request ignores scale
|
|
indicators and thus
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.ps 10u
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will set the point size to 10@w{ }points, whereas in GNU @code{troff} it
|
|
will set the point size to 10@w{ }scaled points. @xref{Fractional Type
|
|
Sizes}, for more information.
|
|
|
|
@findex bd@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@findex cs@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@findex tkf@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@findex tr@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@findex fp@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@cindex input and output characters, compatibility with Unix
|
|
@cindex output characters, compatibility with Unix
|
|
@cindex characters, input and output, compatibility with Unix
|
|
In GNU @code{troff} there is a fundamental difference between
|
|
unformatted, input characters, and formatted, output characters.
|
|
Everything that affects how an output character will be output is stored
|
|
with the character; once an output character has been constructed it is
|
|
unaffected by any subsequent requests that are executed, including
|
|
@code{bd}, @code{cs}, @code{tkf}, @code{tr}, or @code{fp} requests.
|
|
Normally output characters are constructed from input characters at the
|
|
moment immediately before the character is added to the current output
|
|
line. Macros, diversions and strings are all, in fact, the same type of
|
|
object; they contain lists of input characters and output characters in
|
|
any combination. An output character does not behave like an input
|
|
character for the purposes of macro processing; it does not inherit any
|
|
of the special properties that the input character from which it was
|
|
constructed might have had. For example,
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
.di x
|
|
\\\\
|
|
.br
|
|
.di
|
|
.x
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \e@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@findex \!@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@findex \?@r{, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}}
|
|
@cindex transparent output, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
|
|
@cindex output, transparent, incompatibilities with Unix @code{troff}
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will print @samp{\\} in GNU @code{troff}; each pair of input backslashes
|
|
is turned into one output backslash and the resulting output backslashes
|
|
are not interpreted as escape characters when they are reread.
|
|
@acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} would interpret them as escape characters
|
|
when they were reread and would end up printing one @samp{\}. The
|
|
correct way to obtain a printable backslash is to use the @code{\e}
|
|
escape sequence: This will always print a single instance of the current
|
|
escape character, regardless of whether or not it is used in a
|
|
diversion; it will also work in both GNU @code{troff} and @acronym{UNIX}
|
|
@code{troff}. To store, for some reason, an escape sequence in a
|
|
diversion that will be interpreted when the diversion is reread, either
|
|
use the traditional @code{\!} transparent output facility, or, if this
|
|
is unsuitable, the new @code{\?} escape sequence.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Diversions}, for more information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Summary, , Implementation Differences, Programming Tutorial
|
|
@section Summary
|
|
@cindex summary
|
|
|
|
@c XXX documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Preprocessors, Output Devices, Programming Tutorial, Top
|
|
@chapter Preprocessors
|
|
@cindex preprocessors
|
|
|
|
This chapter describes all preprocessors that come with @code{groff} or
|
|
which are freely available.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* geqn::
|
|
* gtbl::
|
|
* gpic::
|
|
* ggrn::
|
|
* grap::
|
|
* grefer::
|
|
* gsoelim::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node geqn, gtbl, Preprocessors, Preprocessors
|
|
@section @code{geqn}
|
|
@cindex @code{eqn}
|
|
@cindex @code{geqn}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking geqn::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking geqn, , geqn, geqn
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{geqn}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{geqn}
|
|
@cindex @code{geqn}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node gtbl, gpic, geqn, Preprocessors
|
|
@section @code{gtbl}
|
|
@cindex @code{tbl}
|
|
@cindex @code{gtbl}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking gtbl::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking gtbl, , gtbl, gtbl
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{gtbl}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{gtbl}
|
|
@cindex @code{gtbl}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node gpic, ggrn, gtbl, Preprocessors
|
|
@section @code{gpic}
|
|
@cindex @code{pic}
|
|
@cindex @code{gpic}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking gpic::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking gpic, , gpic, gpic
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{gpic}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{gpic}
|
|
@cindex @code{gpic}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node ggrn, grap, gpic, Preprocessors
|
|
@section @code{ggrn}
|
|
@cindex @code{grn}
|
|
@cindex @code{ggrn}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking ggrn::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking ggrn, , ggrn, ggrn
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{ggrn}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{ggrn}
|
|
@cindex @code{ggrn}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node grap, grefer, ggrn, Preprocessors
|
|
@section @code{grap}
|
|
@cindex @code{grap}
|
|
|
|
A free implementation of @code{grap}, written by Ted Faber,
|
|
is available as an extra package from the following address:
|
|
|
|
@display
|
|
@url{http://www.lunabase.org/~faber/Vault/software/grap/}
|
|
@end display
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node grefer, gsoelim, grap, Preprocessors
|
|
@section @code{grefer}
|
|
@cindex @code{refer}
|
|
@cindex @code{grefer}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking grefer::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking grefer, , grefer, grefer
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{grefer}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{grefer}
|
|
@cindex @code{grefer}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node gsoelim, , grefer, Preprocessors
|
|
@section @code{gsoelim}
|
|
@cindex @code{soelim}
|
|
@cindex @code{gsoelim}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking gsoelim::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking gsoelim, , gsoelim, gsoelim
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{gsoelim}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{gsoelim}
|
|
@cindex @code{gsoelim}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Output Devices, File formats, Preprocessors, Top
|
|
@chapter Output Devices
|
|
@cindex output devices
|
|
@cindex devices for output
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Special Characters::
|
|
* grotty::
|
|
* grops::
|
|
* grodvi::
|
|
* grolj4::
|
|
* grolbp::
|
|
* grohtml::
|
|
* gxditview::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Special Characters, grotty, Output Devices, Output Devices
|
|
@section Special Characters
|
|
@cindex special characters
|
|
@cindex characters, special
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@xref{Font Files}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node grotty, grops, Special Characters, Output Devices
|
|
@section @code{grotty}
|
|
@cindex @code{grotty}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking grotty::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking grotty, , grotty, grotty
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{grotty}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{grotty}
|
|
@cindex @code{grotty}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node grops, grodvi, grotty, Output Devices
|
|
@section @code{grops}
|
|
@cindex @code{grops}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking grops::
|
|
* Embedding PostScript::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking grops, Embedding PostScript, grops, grops
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{grops}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{grops}
|
|
@cindex @code{grops}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Embedding PostScript, , Invoking grops, grops
|
|
@subsection Embedding @sc{PostScript}
|
|
@cindex embedding postscript
|
|
@cindex postscript, embedding
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node grodvi, grolj4, grops, Output Devices
|
|
@section @code{grodvi}
|
|
@cindex @code{grodvi}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking grodvi::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking grodvi, , grodvi, grodvi
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{grodvi}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{grodvi}
|
|
@cindex @code{grodvi}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node grolj4, grolbp, grodvi, Output Devices
|
|
@section @code{grolj4}
|
|
@cindex @code{grolj4}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking grolj4::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking grolj4, , grolj4, grolj4
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{grolj4}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{grolj4}
|
|
@cindex @code{grolj4}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node grolbp, grohtml, grolj4, Output Devices
|
|
@section @code{grolbp}
|
|
@cindex @code{grolbp}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking grolbp::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking grolbp, , grolbp, grolbp
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{grolbp}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{grolbp}
|
|
@cindex @code{grolbp}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node grohtml, gxditview, grolbp, Output Devices
|
|
@section @code{grohtml}
|
|
@cindex @code{grohtml}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking grohtml::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking grohtml, , grohtml, grohtml
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{grohtml}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{grohtml}
|
|
@cindex @code{grohtml}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node gxditview, , grohtml, Output Devices
|
|
@section @code{gxditview}
|
|
@cindex @code{gxditview}
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Invoking gxditview::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking gxditview, , gxditview, gxditview
|
|
@subsection Invoking @code{gxditview}
|
|
@cindex invoking @code{gxditview}
|
|
@cindex @code{gxditview}, invoking
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
@c X11's xditview
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node File formats, Installation, Output Devices, Top
|
|
@chapter File formats
|
|
@cindex file formats
|
|
@cindex formats, file
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* gtroff Output::
|
|
* Font Files::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node gtroff Output, Font Files, File formats, File formats
|
|
@section @code{gtroff} Output
|
|
@cindex @code{gtroff} output
|
|
@cindex output, @code{gtroff}
|
|
|
|
This section describes the format output of GNU @code{troff}. The
|
|
output format used by GNU @code{troff} is very similar to that used by
|
|
@acronym{UNIX} device-independent @code{troff} (@code{ditroff}).
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* Output Format::
|
|
* Device Control::
|
|
* Drawing Functions::
|
|
* Line Continuation::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Output Format, Device Control, gtroff Output, gtroff Output
|
|
@subsection Output Format
|
|
@cindex output format
|
|
@cindex format of output
|
|
|
|
@cindex 8-bit input
|
|
@cindex input, 8-bit
|
|
The output format is text based, as opposed to a binary format (like
|
|
@TeX{} DVI). The output format is @w{8-bit} clean, thus single
|
|
characters can have the eighth bit set, as can the names of fonts and
|
|
special characters.
|
|
|
|
The output format consists of single command characters with attached
|
|
parameters which are separated from subsequent text by whitespace or a
|
|
newline.
|
|
|
|
The names of characters and fonts can be of arbitrary length; drivers
|
|
should not assume that they will be only two characters long (as
|
|
@code{ditroff} does).
|
|
|
|
When a character is to be printed, that character will always be in the
|
|
current font. Unlike @code{ditroff}, it is not necessary for drivers to
|
|
search special fonts to find a character.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item H@var{n}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item V@var{n}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item h@var{n}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item v@var{n}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item c@var{n}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item C@var{n}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item @var{nn}@var{c}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item t@var{xxx}
|
|
@var{xxx} is any sequence of characters terminated by a space or a
|
|
newline; the first character should be printed at the current position,
|
|
the the current horizontal position should be increased by the width of
|
|
the first character, and so on for each character. The width of the
|
|
character is that given in the font file, appropriately scaled for the
|
|
current point size, and rounded so that it is a multiple of the
|
|
horizontal resolution. Special characters cannot be printed using this
|
|
command.
|
|
|
|
@kindex tcommand
|
|
@pindex DESC@r{, and @code{tcommand}}
|
|
This command is only allowed if the @samp{tcommand} line is present in
|
|
the @file{DESC} file.
|
|
|
|
@item u@var{n} @var{xxx}
|
|
This is same as the @samp{t} command except that after printing each
|
|
character, the current horizontal position is increased by the sum of
|
|
the width of that character and@w{ }@var{n}.
|
|
|
|
This command is only allowed if the @samp{tcommand} line is present in
|
|
the @file{DESC} file.
|
|
|
|
@item n@var{a}@var{b}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item p@var{n}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item s@var{n}
|
|
@kindex sizescale
|
|
@pindex DESC@r{, and @code{sizescale}}
|
|
The argument to the @samp{s} command is in scaled points (units of
|
|
points/@var{n}, where @var{n} is the argument to the @samp{sizescale}
|
|
command in the @file{DESC} file).
|
|
|
|
@item f@var{n}
|
|
@item x @dots{} \n
|
|
Device control.
|
|
@c XXX more info
|
|
|
|
@item D@var{c} @var{x}@dots{}\n
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Device Control, Drawing Functions, Output Format, gtroff Output
|
|
@subsection Device Control
|
|
@cindex device control
|
|
@cindex control of devices
|
|
|
|
The @samp{x} command is normally followed by a letter or word indicating
|
|
the function to perform, followed by white space separated arguments.
|
|
|
|
The first argument can be abbreviated to the first letter.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item x init
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item x T
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item x res @var{n} @var{h} @var{v}
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
@item x H
|
|
@c XXX more info
|
|
The argument to the @w{@samp{x Height}} command is also in scaled
|
|
points.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The first three output commands are guaranteed to be:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
x T device
|
|
x res n h v
|
|
x init
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
For example, the input
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
crunchy \fH\s+2frog\s0\fP!?
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
will produce
|
|
|
|
@c XXX example
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
@example
|
|
... sample output here ...
|
|
@end example
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Drawing Functions, Line Continuation, Device Control, gtroff Output
|
|
@subsection Drawing Functions
|
|
@cindex drawing functions
|
|
@cindex functions for drawing
|
|
|
|
@pindex gpic
|
|
The @samp{D} drawing command has been extended. These extensions will
|
|
only be used by GNU @code{pic} if the @option{-x} option is given.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Drawing Requests}.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@c XXX ...
|
|
@item Df @var{n}
|
|
Set the shade of gray to be used for filling solid objects to@w{
|
|
}@var{n}; @var{n}@w{ }must be an integer between 0 and@w{ }1000, where 0
|
|
corresponds solid white and 1000 to solid black, and values in between
|
|
correspond to intermediate shades of gray. This applies only to solid
|
|
circles, solid ellipses and solid polygons. By default, a level of@w{
|
|
}1000 will be used. Whatever color a solid object has, it should
|
|
completely obscure everything beneath it. A value greater than@w{ }1000
|
|
or less than@w{ }0 can also be used: this means fill with the shade of
|
|
gray that is currently being used for lines and text. Normally this
|
|
will be black, but some drivers may provide a way of changing this.
|
|
|
|
@item DC @var{d}
|
|
Draw a solid circle with a diameter of@w{ }@var{d} with the leftmost
|
|
point at the current position.
|
|
|
|
@item DE @var{dx} @var{dy}
|
|
Draw a solid ellipse with a horizontal diameter of@w{ }@var{dx} and a
|
|
vertical diameter of@w{ }@var{dy} with the leftmost point at the current
|
|
position.
|
|
|
|
@item Dp @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} @dots{} @var{dxn} @var{dyn}
|
|
Draw a polygon with. The first vertex is at the current position, the
|
|
second vertex at an offset (@var{dx1},@var{dy1}) from the current
|
|
position, the second vertex at an offset (@var{dx2},@var{dy2}) from the
|
|
first vertex, and so on up to the @var{n}-th vertex. At the moment, GNU
|
|
@code{pic} only uses this command to generate triangles and rectangles.
|
|
|
|
@item DP @var{dx1} @var{dy1} @var{dx2} @var{dy2} @dots{} @var{dxn} @var{dyn}
|
|
Like @code{Dp} but draw a solid rather than outlined polygon.
|
|
|
|
@item Dt @var{n}
|
|
@cindex line thickness
|
|
@cindex thickness of lines
|
|
Set the current line thickness to @var{n}@w{ }machine units.
|
|
Traditionally, @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} drivers use a line thickness
|
|
proportional to the current point size; drivers should continue to do
|
|
this if no @code{Dt} command has been given, or if a @code{Dt} command
|
|
has been given with a negative value of@w{ }@var{n}. A zero value of@w{
|
|
}@var{n} selects the smallest available line thickness.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@findex \D
|
|
A difficulty arises in how the current position should be changed after
|
|
the execution of these commands. This is not of great importance since
|
|
the code generated by GNU @code{pic} does not depend on this. Given a
|
|
drawing command of the form
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
\D'@var{c} @var{x1} @var{y1} @var{x2} @var{y2} @dots{} @var{xn} @var{yn}'
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@findex \w
|
|
@vindex st
|
|
@findex sb
|
|
@noindent
|
|
where @var{c} is not one of @samp{c}, @samp{e}, @samp{l}, @samp{a} or
|
|
@samp{~}, @acronym{UNIX} @code{troff} will treat each of the x@w{ }value
|
|
as a horizontal quantity, and each of the y@w{ }values as a vertical
|
|
quantity and will assume that the width of the drawn object is sum if
|
|
all x@w{ }values, and that the height is the sum of all y@w{ }values.
|
|
(The assumption about the height can be seen by examining the @code{st}
|
|
and @code{sb} registers after using such a @code{D}@w{ }command in a
|
|
@code{\w} escape sequence.) This rule also holds for all the original
|
|
drawing commands with the exception of @code{De}. For the sake of
|
|
compatibility GNU @code{troff} also follows this rule, even though it
|
|
produces an ugly result in the case of the @code{Df}, @code{Dt}, and, to
|
|
a lesser extent, @code{DE}@w{ }commands. Thus after executing a
|
|
@code{D}@w{ }command of the form
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
D@var{c} @var{x1} @var{y1} @var{x2} @var{y2} @dots{} @var{xn} @var{yn}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
the current position should be increased horizontally by the sum of all
|
|
x@w{ }values and vertically by the sum of all y@w{ }values.
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Line Continuation, , Drawing Functions, gtroff Output
|
|
@subsection Line Continuation
|
|
@cindex line continuation in output commands
|
|
@cindex output commands, line continuation
|
|
|
|
There is a continuation convention which permits the argument to the
|
|
@w{@samp{x X}} command to contain newlines: When outputting the argument
|
|
to the @w{@samp{x X}} command, GNU @code{troff} will follow each newline
|
|
in the argument with a @samp{+} character (as usual, it will terminate
|
|
the entire argument with a newline); thus if the line after the line
|
|
containing the @w{@samp{x X}} command starts with @samp{+}, then the
|
|
newline ending the line containing the @w{@samp{x X}} command should be
|
|
treated as part of the argument to the @w{@samp{x X}} command, the
|
|
@samp{+} should be ignored, and the part of the line following the
|
|
@samp{+} should be treated like the part of the line following the
|
|
@w{@samp{x X}} command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Font Files, , gtroff Output, File formats
|
|
@section Font Files
|
|
@cindex font files
|
|
@cindex files, font
|
|
|
|
The @code{gtroff} font format is roughly a superset of the
|
|
@code{ditroff} font format. Unlike the @code{ditroff} font format,
|
|
there is no associated binary format; all files are text files. The
|
|
font files for device @var{name} are stored in a directory
|
|
@file{dev@var{name}}. There are two types of file: a device description
|
|
file called @file{DESC} and for each font@w{ }@var{f} a font file
|
|
called@w{ }@file{@var{f}}.
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
* DESC file format::
|
|
* Font file format::
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node DESC file format, Font file format, Font Files, Font Files
|
|
@subsection @file{DESC} file format
|
|
@cindex @file{DESC} file format
|
|
@cindex font description file format
|
|
@cindex format of font description file
|
|
@pindex DESC@r{ file format}
|
|
|
|
The @file{DESC} file can contain the following types of line:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item res @var{n}
|
|
@kindex res
|
|
There are @var{n} machine units per inch.
|
|
|
|
@item hor @var{n}
|
|
@kindex hor
|
|
The horizontal resolution is @var{n} machine units.
|
|
|
|
@item vert @var{n}
|
|
@kindex vert
|
|
The vertical resolution is @var{n} machine units.
|
|
|
|
@item sizescale @var{n}
|
|
@kindex sizescale
|
|
The scale factor for point sizes. By default this has a value of@w{ }1.
|
|
One scaled point is equal to one point/@var{n}. The arguments to the
|
|
@code{unitwidth} and @code{sizes} commands are given in scaled points.
|
|
@xref{Fractional Type Sizes}, for more information.
|
|
|
|
@item unitwidth @var{n}
|
|
@kindex unitwidth
|
|
Quantities in the font files are given in machine units for fonts whose
|
|
point size is @var{n}@w{ }scaled points.
|
|
|
|
@item tcommand
|
|
@kindex tcommand
|
|
This means that the postprocessor can handle the @samp{t} and @samp{u}
|
|
output commands.
|
|
|
|
@item sizes @var{s1} @var{s2} @dots{} @var{sn} 0
|
|
@kindex sizes
|
|
This means that the device has fonts at @var{s1}, @var{s2}, @dots{}
|
|
@var{sn} scaled points. The list of sizes must be terminated by a@w{
|
|
}0. Each @var{si} can also be a range of sizes @var{m}-@var{n}. The
|
|
list can extend over more than one line.
|
|
|
|
@item styles @var{S1} @var{S2} @dots{} @var{Sm}
|
|
@kindex styles
|
|
The first @var{m}@w{ }font positions will be associated with styles
|
|
@var{S1} @dots{} @var{Sm}.
|
|
|
|
@item fonts @var{n} @var{F1} @var{F2} @var{F3} @dots{} @var{Fn}
|
|
@kindex fonts
|
|
Fonts @var{F1} @dots{} @var{Fn} will be mounted in the font positions
|
|
@var{m}+1, @dots{}, @var{m}+@var{n} where @var{m} is the number of
|
|
styles. This command may extend over more than one line. A font name
|
|
of@var{ }0 will cause no font to be mounted on the corresponding font
|
|
position.
|
|
|
|
@item family @var{fam}
|
|
@kindex family
|
|
The default font family is @var{fam}.
|
|
|
|
@item charset
|
|
@kindex charset
|
|
This line and everything following in the file are ignored. It is
|
|
allowed for the sake of backwards compatibility.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The @code{res}, @code{unitwidth}, @code{fonts} and @code{sizes} lines
|
|
are mandatory. Other commands are ignored by @code{gtroff} but may be
|
|
used by postprocessors to store arbitrary information about the device
|
|
in the @file{DESC} file.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX add other commands resp. xrefs to output devices
|
|
@c XXX add obsolete commands
|
|
|
|
@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
@node Font file format, , DESC file format, Font Files
|
|
@subsection Font file format
|
|
@cindex font file format
|
|
@cindex format of font files
|
|
|
|
A font file has two sections. The first section is a sequence of lines
|
|
each containing a sequence of blank delimited words; the first word in
|
|
the line is a key, and subsequent words give a value for that key.
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item name @var{f}
|
|
@kindex name
|
|
The name of the font is@w{ }@var{f}.
|
|
|
|
@item spacewidth @var{n}
|
|
@kindex spacewidth
|
|
The normal width of a space is@w{ }@var{n}.
|
|
|
|
@item slant @var{n}
|
|
@kindex slant
|
|
The characters of the font have a slant of @var{n}@w{ }degrees.
|
|
(Positive means forward.)
|
|
|
|
@item ligatures @var{lig1} @var{lig2} @dots{} @var{lign} [0]
|
|
@kindex ligatures
|
|
Characters @var{lig1}, @var{lig2}, @dots{}, @var{lign} are ligatures;
|
|
possible ligatures are @samp{ff}, @samp{fi}, @samp{fl}, @samp{ffi} and
|
|
@samp{ffl}. For backwards compatibility, the list of ligatures may be
|
|
terminated with a@w{ }0. The list of ligatures may not extend over more
|
|
than one line.
|
|
|
|
@item special
|
|
@kindex special
|
|
The font is special; this means that when a character is requested that
|
|
is not present in the current font, it will be searched for in any
|
|
special fonts that are mounted.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
Other commands are ignored by @code{gtroff} but may be used by
|
|
postprocessors to store arbitrary information about the font in the font
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
@cindex comments in font files
|
|
@cindex font files, comments
|
|
@kindex #
|
|
The first section can contain comments which start with the @samp{#}
|
|
character and extend to the end of a line.
|
|
|
|
The second section contains one or two subsections. It must contain a
|
|
@code{charset} subsection and it may also contain a @code{kernpairs}
|
|
subsection. These subsections can appear in any order. Each
|
|
subsection starts with a word on a line by itself.
|
|
|
|
@kindex charset
|
|
The word @code{charset} starts the character set subsection. The
|
|
@code{charset} line is followed by a sequence of lines. Each line gives
|
|
information for one character. A line comprises a number of fields
|
|
separated by blanks or tabs. The format is
|
|
|
|
@c XXX fix it for new HTML additions
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{name} @var{metrics} @var{type} @var{code} @var{comment}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@cindex 8-bit input
|
|
@cindex input, 8-bit
|
|
@findex \N
|
|
@kindex ---
|
|
@noindent
|
|
@var{name} identifies the character: If @var{name} is a single
|
|
character@w{ }@var{c} then it corresponds to the @code{gtroff} input
|
|
character @var{c}; if it is of the form @samp{\@var{c}} where @var{c} is
|
|
a single character, then it corresponds to the @code{gtroff} input
|
|
character@w{ }\@var{c}; otherwise it corresponds to the groff input
|
|
character @samp{\[@var{name}]}. (If it is exactly two characters
|
|
@var{xx} it can be entered as @samp{\(@var{xx}}.) @code{gtroff}
|
|
supports 8-bit characters; however some utilities have difficulties with
|
|
eight-bit characters. For this reason, there is a convention that the
|
|
name @samp{char@var{n}} is equivalent to the single character whose code
|
|
is@w{ }@var{n}. For example, @samp{char163} would be equivalent to the
|
|
character with code@w{ }163 which is the pounds sterling sign in @w{ISO
|
|
Latin-1} character set. The name @samp{---} is special and indicates
|
|
that the character is unnamed; such characters can only be used by means
|
|
of the @code{\N} escape sequence in @code{gtroff}.
|
|
|
|
@c XXX input encodings vs. output encodings
|
|
|
|
The @var{type} field gives the character type:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
@item 1
|
|
the character has an descender, for example, `p';
|
|
|
|
@item 2
|
|
the character has an ascender, for example, `b';
|
|
|
|
@item 3
|
|
the character has both an ascender and a descender, for example, `('.
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
The @var{code} field gives the code which the postprocessor uses to
|
|
print the character. The character can also be input to @code{gtroff}
|
|
using this code by means of the @code{\N} escape sequence. The code can
|
|
be any integer. If it starts with @samp{0} it will be interpreted as
|
|
octal; if it starts with @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} it will be interpreted as
|
|
hexadecimal.
|
|
|
|
Anything on the line after the @var{code} field will be ignored.
|
|
|
|
The @var{metrics} field has the form:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{width}[,@var{height}[,@var{depth}[,@var{italic_correction}
|
|
[,@var{left_italic_correction}[,@var{subscript_correction}]]]]]
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
There must not be any spaces between these subfields (it has been split
|
|
here into two lines for better legibility only). Missing subfields are
|
|
assumed to be@w{ }0. The subfields are all decimal integers. Since
|
|
there is no associated binary format, these values are not required to
|
|
fit into a variable of type @samp{char} as they are in @code{ditroff}.
|
|
The @var{width} subfield gives the width of the character. The
|
|
@var{height} subfield gives the height of the character (upwards is
|
|
positive); if a character does not extend above the baseline, it should
|
|
be given a zero height, rather than a negative height. The @var{depth}
|
|
subfield gives the depth of the character, that is, the distance below
|
|
the lowest point below the baseline to which the character extends
|
|
(downwards is positive); if a character does not extend below above the
|
|
baseline, it should be given a zero depth, rather than a negative depth.
|
|
The @var{italic_correction} subfield gives the amount of space that
|
|
should be added after the character when it is immediately to be
|
|
followed by a character from a Roman font. The
|
|
@var{left_italic_correction} subfield gives the amount of space that
|
|
should be added before the character when it is immediately to be
|
|
preceded by a character from a Roman font. The
|
|
@var{subscript_correction} gives the amount of space that should be
|
|
added after a character before adding a subscript. This should be less
|
|
than the italic correction.
|
|
|
|
A line in the @code{charset} section can also have the format
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{name} "
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
This indicates that @var{name} is just another name for the character
|
|
mentioned in the preceding line.
|
|
|
|
@kindex kernpairs
|
|
The word @code{kernpairs} starts the kernpairs section. This contains a
|
|
sequence of lines of the form:
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
@var{c1} @var{c2} @var{n}
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
This means that when character @var{c1} appears next to character
|
|
@var{c2} the space between them should be increased by@w{ }@var{n}.
|
|
Most entries in kernpairs section will have a negative value for@w{
|
|
}@var{n}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Installation, Request and Escape Index, File formats, Top
|
|
@chapter Installation
|
|
@cindex installation
|
|
|
|
@c XXX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Request and Escape Index, Operator Index, Installation, Top
|
|
@chapter Request and Escape Index
|
|
|
|
In this index, escapes are listed with a leading backslash (@samp{\}) to
|
|
distinguish them from requests which appear without the leading control
|
|
character (normally either @samp{.} or @samp{'}).
|
|
|
|
@printindex fn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Operator Index, Register Index, Request and Escape Index, Top
|
|
@chapter Operator Index
|
|
|
|
@printindex op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Register Index, Macro and String Index, Operator Index, Top
|
|
@chapter Register Index
|
|
|
|
@printindex vr
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Macro and String Index, Glyph Name Index, Register Index, Top
|
|
@chapter Macro and String Index
|
|
|
|
In this index, strings are listed with the calling escape sequence
|
|
(@samp{\*}) to distinguish them from macros which appear without the
|
|
leading control character (normally either @samp{.} or @samp{'}).
|
|
|
|
@printindex ma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Glyph Name Index, Font File Keyword Index, Macro and String Index, Top
|
|
@chapter Glyph Name Index
|
|
|
|
A glyph name @code{xx} consisting of exactly two characters can be
|
|
accessed as @samp{\(xx}. Glyph names @code{xxx} of any length can be
|
|
accessed as @samp{\[xxx]}.
|
|
|
|
@printindex gl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Font File Keyword Index, Program and File Index, Glyph Name Index, Top
|
|
@chapter Font File Keyword Index
|
|
|
|
@printindex ky
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Program and File Index, Concept Index, Font File Keyword Index, Top
|
|
@chapter Program and File Index
|
|
|
|
@printindex pg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
@c =====================================================================
|
|
|
|
@node Concept Index, , Program and File Index, Top
|
|
@chapter Concept Index
|
|
|
|
@printindex cp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@summarycontents
|
|
@contents
|
|
@bye
|